1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 7 Executive

You can Download Chapter 7 Executive Questions and Answers, Notes, 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Karnataka 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 7 Executive

1st PUC Political Science Executive One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is executive?
Answer:
The executive is the second important branch of the government. It enforces the laws enacted by the legislature.

Question 2.
What is the term of office of the President?
Answer:
5 years.

Question 3.
Who appoints the Prime Minister of India?
Answer:
The President of India.

Question 4.
Who is Ex-officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The vice president is an Ex-officio chairman of Rajya Sabha.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
What are the terms of office of the Governor?
Answer:
5 years.

Question 6.
Who appoints Chief Minister of a state?
Answer:
Governor appoints Chief Minister of a state.

Question 7.
Who appoints the Governor?
Answer:
President.

Question 8.
Who appoints the Chief Justice of India?
Answer:
President appoints the Chief Justice of India.

Question 9.
What is the term of Vice President of India?
Answer:
The term of the Vice President of India is 5 years.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 10.
Who appoints the Chiefs of defence forces in India?
Answer:
President appoints the Chiefs of defence forces in India.

Question 11.
What is the primary function of the executive?
Answer:
Execution of laws is the primary function of executive.

Question 12.
Define parliamentary executive.
Answer:
In a parliamentary executive, executive is the part of legislature.

Question 13.
Define Presidential Executive.
Answer:
It is not chosen by legislature. The people directly elect him and he is not responsible to the legislatue. Best example: President of USA.

Question 14.
What is collective responsibility?
Answer:
It means in Parliamentary executive, executive is responsible to the legislative. The Prime Minister and Council Ministers are collectively responsible and answerable to the legislature.

Question 15.
What is no-confidence motion?
Answer:
The Prime Minister and his Council of Ministers remain in power so long as they continue to enjoy the confidence of majority members of the Parliament.
The power of the legislature to remove the ministers is called the power of no-confidence motion.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 16.
What is veto power?
Answer:
The power of the President to send back the bill passed by the legislature when it is sent to President’s approval.

Question 17.
What is ordinance?
Answer:
The power of the President to pass laws when the Parliament is not in session is called ordinance.

Question 18.
What is impeachment?
Answer:
The President can be removed from office for grave misconduct by a special trial conducted by Parliament is called impeachment.

Question 19.
Who appoints the Central/State Ministers?
Answer:
The President appoints the Council of Ministers with the advice of the Prime Minister. Governor appoints the Council of Ministers in a state with the advice of the Chief Minister.

Question 20.
Who is the nominal executive in India?
Answer:
President is the nominal executive in India.

Question 21.
Who is the real executive in India?
Answer:
Prime Minister.

Question 22.
Who is the leader of the Council of Ministers?
Answer:
Prime Minister.

Question 23.
What is meant by Permanent Executive?
Answer:
It implies Civil Service, Government officials in Civil Service.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 24.
Who appoints the Prime Minister?
Answer:
President.

Question 25.
Who acts as a bridge between President and Parliament?
Answer:
Prime Minister.

Question 26.
Who is the Head of the State Executive?
Answer:
Governor.

Question 27.
Which state has the right to draft its own constitution?
Answer:
Jammu and Kashmir.

Question 28.
Who is the leader of the government?
Answer:
Prime Minister.

Question 29.
Who acts as a bridge between Governor and legislature?
Answer:
Chief Minister.

1st PUC Political Science Executive Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Give the meaning of Executive.
Answer:
As organ which enforce the laws and implement the policies of the government is called executive. It is a 2nd organ of the government.

Question 2.
What are the qualifications required for the President of India?
Answer:
Qualifications:

  • Must be a citizen of India
  • Must have attained the age of 35 years
  • Must have attained all qualifications that of a member of Lok sabha.
  • Should not hold an office of profit – national, state or local.
  • Should not be of unsound mind or an insolvent or bankrupt
  • Should abide by the constitution.

Question 3.
Write a note on the Vice-President of India.
Answer:
The Constitution of India provides for a Vice-President of India. The term of his office is five years. The Vice-President is ex-officio chairman of Rajya Sabha. He officiates as President in the absence of President.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
What are the qualifications necessary for Governor?
Answer:
Qualifications:
A Citizen to become a Governor must have the following qualifications:

  • Must be a citizen of India.
  • Should have attained the age of 35 years.
  • Must not be a member of either house of the state legislature.
  • Should not hold an office of profit – national, regional, or local.
  • Must not be insolvent or bankrupt.
  • Should be loyal to the constitution.

Question 5.
Name the three types of emergencies which the president can promulgate.
Answer:

  1. National emergency (Art, 352)
  2. Presidential rule (Art, 356)
  3. Financial emergency (Art, 360)

Question 6.
What are the qualifications required to become Vice President of India?
Answer:

  1. He must be a citizen of India.
  2. Should have completed 35 years of age.
  3. Should be qualified to contest an election of Rajyasabha.
  4. Should not hold office of profit under the Union/State Government.

Question 7.
Who participates in the election of the president of India?
Answer:
Elected members of both the houses of parliament and elected members of all the state assemblies in the country participate in the election of the president of India.

Question 8.
What should be the strength of the council of Minister in Loksabha?
Answer:
The total member of ministers shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the Loksabha.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 9.
What should be the strength of the council of Ministers in the State Assembly?
Answer:
The total member of ministers shall not exceed 15% of the total number of members of the State Assembly.

Question 10.
What are the financial function of the Governor?
Answer:
Governor supervises in the introduction of budget. He can give assent to the demand for grants.

Question 11.
How is the Vice-President of India elected?
Answer:
The Vice-President of the Indian Union is elected by members of an electoral college consisting of members of both the Houses of Parliament.

Question 12.
How many types of executives are there?
Answer:
There are 4 types :

  1. Nominal and Real Executive
  2. Single and Plural Executive.
  3. Political and Permanent.
  4. Parliamentary and Non-parliamentary Executive.

Question 13.
Who are permanent executives?
Answer:
Government or Civil Servants are permanent executives. They are appointed On the basis of merit. They don’t belong to any political party. They continue in office till their age of retirement.

Question 14.
Write the importance of executive.
Answer:
The executive is the most important organ of Government No state can exist without the executive. It occupies a pivotal position in a governmental organisation.

Question 15.
Distinguish between political and administrative executives.
Answer:
Political executive is an elected executive. It changes from time to time. They come and go whereas, administrative or permanent executive are appointed by the government.

Question 16.
Distinguish between single and plural executives.
Answer:
In single, the power will be in the hands of one individual, e.g. President of the USA. In a plural executive, the final authority rests in the body of individuals, e.g. Collegiate executive in the USSR.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 17.
What is the cabinet?
Answer:
It consists of senior ministers holding cabinet rank. It is a small group, which meets regularly.

Question 18.
Write a note on Governor.
Answer:
The Governor is executive head of State. He is appointed by President of India. He is constitutional head of State and hence exercises his powers on advice of his Council of Ministers.

Question 19.
Write a note on Chief Minister.
Answer:
He is the leader of the majority party and Chairman of the State Council of Ministers. He occupies a position in the state very similar to that of the Prime Minister.

Question 20.
What is Veto Power?
Answer:
President has the power to withhold a bill, by refusing to give his assent. This power is called ‘Veto power’.

Question 21.
What do you mean by Coalition Government?
Answer:
When there is a hung parliament, two or more parties join together to get the working majority and form the government.

Question 22.
What is an Ordinance?
Answer:
The power of the executive to issue orders when the parliament is not in session is called as Ordinance. In India the President enjoys the power of issuing Ordinance when the parliament is not in session. It will have the same power and effect similar to that of a law made by the Parliament provided the same is ratified by the Parliament within 6 weeks from the date of the ordinance. Otherwise, it ceases to be a law and is considered null and void or zero.

Question 23.
What is Impeachment?
Answer:
The President can be removed from office by the process called ‘Impeachment’ on grounds Qf proven misbehavior and inefficiency. The motion for impeachment can be initiated in either house of parliament. However, before impeaching the President 14 days advance notice must be given of the said cause. If the motion of impeachment is taken up by Loksabha, Rajyasabha will sit in judgement and vice versa. If the motion is sustained by a 2/3 majority of members present and voting, the President stands impeached and shall leave office.

1st PUC Political Science Executive Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Briefly explain the significance of Executive.
Answer:
1. Rule implementation:
Rulemaking and rule implementation are two faces of the same coin. Good the laws, if not properly implemented has no relevance. The executive plays an important role in reaching the laws to the people.

2. Concept of welfare state:
Modem states are welfare states involving in every sphere of human activity. With ever widening scope of the government activity, the role of the executive has also increased many-fold.

3. Symbol of national prestige:
The executive reflects the prestige of a nation. A resourceful and visionary executive can work wonders for people and the country.

Question 2.
Explain the method of election to the office of the president of India.
Answer:
The president of India is elected by the electoral college which consists of the elected member of the both houses of parliament and elected members of the state assemblies and the union territories.

The candidature for the election of president is to propose by atleast 50 members. Rs. 15,000 has to be deposited by the presidential candidate in the Reserve Bank, the election of the president is held in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of single transferable vote. The voting takes place by secret ballet system. In the presidential election, the total number of votes cast of member of parliament equals the total member of votes cast by state legislators.

The voters voting in this election should suggest their preferences by writing the members before the name of the candidates in their preferential order. The candidate who secures the required quoto will be elected as a president and shall take oath of office before the chief justice of the Supreme Court.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Describe the Legislative powers of the President.
Answer:
Powers and functions of the president of India are as follows:
In the Parliamentary government, the position of the President is that of a respectful figurehead, representing the honor and dignity of the people of India. It has become a fashion to label the President as “a rubber stamp’, the impression is that he does nothing but signing bills brought before him. But there are occasions that offer scope for independent decisions. When no party enjoys a majority, the power to appoint Prime minister rests with the President (Ar- tide 75).

In case of sudden demise of Prime minister, if the party fails to elect its leader, at the earliest, President may appoint a person of his choice as the Prime minister. Importantly, if a government loses majority and recommends for the dissolution of the house (Lok sabha), it is purely power of the President to dissolve the parliament or not (Article 85).

The powers and functions of the President are as follows:
1.Legislative Functions: The legislative functions are detailed below

  1. To summon, prorogue and dissolve the Parliament.
  2. The President enjoys the power to address the Parliament. It is normally done after general elections or the first session of the year. It is generally called Presidential speech. This inaugural speech outlines the objectives and priorities of the government.
  3.  In passing the bills, if a deadlock arises due to non-agreement between two houses of the parliament, the President may call for a joint session of both the houses.
  4. The President may address Lok sabha or Rajya sabha or both any time and also may send a message to both the houses of parliament to look into a bill.
  5. In the considered view of the President, if he is satisfied that the Anglo-Indian community is not adequately represented, he may nominate 12 members to Rajya Sabha and 2 members to Lok sabha.
  6. Prior permission of the President is essential while dealing with bills relating to the formation of new states, alteration of boundaries and some special bills like the finance bills.
  7. No bill can become a law without the assent of the President. He enjoys the power to withhold a bill. This power is called ‘Veto power’. However, he cannot refuse his assent for finance bills. But he can withhold assent for a nonmoney bill. But if the same is resubmitted for signature even without changes, he cannot refuse to sign it.
  8. The President enjoys the power of issuing Ordinance when the parliament is not in session. It will have the same power and effect similar to that of a law made by the Parliament provided the same is ratified by the Parliament within 6 weeks of its passage. Otherwise, it ceases to be a law and is considered null and void or zero.

Question 4.
Explain the executive powers of the President.
Answer:
The President is die administrative Head of the State and orders are executed in his name. Article 53 clearly states that ‘the executive powers of the State must be vested in the hands of the President’.

  1. All accords and agreements carried out on behalf of the Government of India is done in the name of the President.
  2. The President has the power to call for any information from the government.
  3. The President appoints the Prime minister and the Council of the minister on the recommendation of the Prime minister.
  4. The highest constitutional functionaries such as Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG), Chief Election Commissioner (CEC), Chief Vigilance Commissioner (CVC) are appointed by the President.
  5. The member of the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC), National Human Rights Commission (NHRC), Backward Class Commission (BCC) and National Commission for Women (NCW) are appointed by the President.
  6. The President enjoys the power of removing the highest constitutional functionaries.
  7. The President can call for reports from Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Commission, Linguistic Minorities Commission (EMC), Backward Class Commission (BCC) and other commissions.

Question 5.
Explain the emergency powers of President.
Answer:

  1. The President may declare internal emergency under Article 352, if, in his opinion, there is a threat to India’s security due to war or external aggression.
  2. The President may impose ‘President’s Rule’ under Article 356 if he is convinced that in that particular state the law and order have completely deteriorated and it cannot be governed as per the constitution. Though the President’s rule is imposed on the recommendation of the governor of the concerned state, it is not compulsory.
  3. If the President is convinced that the financial stability and prestige of the nation are at risk, he may impose a financial emergency under Article 360. However, the imposition of internal and financial emergency should be placed before Parliament and its consent was taken within 2 months of the declaration of emergency, otherwise, it is considered invalid.

Question 6.
Explain the functions of the vice president of India.
Answer:
The functions of the vice president are explained as below.
1. Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha :
The vice president of India performs as an ex-officio chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is empowered to preside over the meetings of Rajya Sabha. He can adjourn the house or suspend its sitting in the event of the absence of a quorum.

2. Acting President of India:
The vice president is permitted to work as an acting president when the office of the president is vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal. At that time the vice president can claim all the benefits of the office of the president. He will be in that office until a new president is elected:

Question 7.
Explain the role of Prime Minister in India.
Answer:
The power and position of Prime minister is so powerful that he is referred to as The first among equals (primus intersperes). Lord Morley regards Prime minister as “the keystone of the cabinet arch.” Former British Prime Minister Harold Wilson considered Prime Minister as “a person who conducts an orchestra without using any instrument”. The greatest ever British Prime minister R.A.Butler once said, “A Prime minister must be a good butcher, and know all the joints.”

  • Article 74 of the constitution states that “there shall be a Council of ministers headed by the Prime Minister for the Union of India”. The Prime minister is elected from among the members of the majority party in Lok sabha. In case no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the President to pick the Prime minister, who in his opinion will prove majority in a stipulated time. Traditionally, the Prime minister should be from Loksabha. Some scholars compare the Prime minister to the Sun because complete administration revolves around him. B. R. Ambedkar compares the powers of Prime minister to that of the President of U.S.A,

The success or failure of a Prime minister largely depends upon the personality besides administrative knowledge and experience. For example, Nehru was known for his magnetic personality, Shastri for his soft-spoken, but firm nature, Mrs. Gandhi for ‘never forget or forgive enemies’ attitude and Rajiv Gandhi was progressive but parasitic. P. V Narasimha Rao always regarded not making any decision as to the best decision, whereas Vajpayee was emotional.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Briefly explain the powers and functions of the Prime minister of India.
Answer:
The powers and function of the Prime minister are detailed below:
1. Formation of Ministry:
The primary task of the Prime minister on assuming office is the formation of the Council of ministers. Normally ministers are picked from the same political formation to ensure uniformity and continuity of policy. However, nothing prevents Prime minister from picking anyone as minister.

2. Allocation of Portfolios:
After forming the ministry the next important task is the allocation of responsibilities to ministers. Certain key or heavyweight portfolios such as Home, Defence, Finance, Commerce and Industry, External affairs, etc., are to be given to party heavyweights who enjoy a good clout and following among the party workers. Also to ensure efficiency and stability of the government. Prime minister enjoys the power of expanding and reforming the ministry.

3. Chairman of the Cabinet:
The cabinet meetings are held under the chairmanship of the Prime minister. The Cabinet is a deliberating forum and differences may come up. It is the responsibility of the Prime minister to mediate and soften things and arrive at decisions. The Prime minister has the authority to decide the matters to be taken up by the cabinet and may accept or reject proposals. Normally the proposals brought by ministers for discussion are not rejected.

In the era of coalition politics, it is a challenge for the Prime minister to hold the flock together. It is very difficult to chair a Cabinet full of divergent views, ideologies, and principles. For example, for the last fifteen years, we are a witness to pulls and pressures exerted on the Prime minister from different alliance partners.

4. Leader of Lok Sabha:
Prime minister is the leader of Lok sabha. All major decisions and announcements of the government are made by the Prime minister. It is the responsibility of the Prime minister to ensure that all bills brought before Lok sabha for approval are passed. And he has to defend the government on the floor of the house.

Though ministers are individually responsible to their ministries, it is the Prime minister who provides general leadership and direction. If any minister makes a mistake, the Prime minister has the power to guide and correct him.

5. Leader of the Government:
The decisions of the government however good, are subjected to scrutiny and criticism. The Prime minister, as leader of the government, has to defend policies and programmes of the government both in and out of parliament.

6. Coordination and Supervision:
In running the administrative machinery Prime minister will have to encounter numerous problems ranging from routine to serious. Under the circumstances, it is essential to integrate different departments and see that they work smoothly and the ability of the Prime minister is tested on this count. A Prime minister should not only pick a team but also retain it as a team till the end of the term.

Whenever problems arise between departments, he has to mediate and sort it out amicably through dialogue and goodwill. The Prime minster is the general head of the government. Hence he has the responsibility of supervising the administration. Though each Minister is in charge of a ministry, lack of general supervision results in poor administrative quality.

To maintain quality in administration, the Prime minister will have to supervise. It not only gives him a general feel of the administration but also makes the ministers more responsible. The Prime Minister may correct the working of a particular ministry and offer suggestions.

7.Bridge between the President and the Parliament:
The Prime minister acts as a link between President and Parliament In a parliamentary government. As all executives powers are vested in the hands of the President, the Prime minister is duty-bound to keep the President informed about the decisions taken by the government. Also, the President himself can call for any information from the government.

The Prime minister not only acts as a bridge but also as the advisor to the President. Whenever necessary the President will look forward for advice. For example, the President seeks the advice of Prime minister before dissolving Lok sabha.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 9.
Explain the powers and functions of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The powers and functions of the cabinet is as follows:
1. Formulation of Policy:
The primary responsibility of Cabinet is formulating the policy of the government. The decisions arrived at the Cabinet reflects the national and international outlook of the government. Before the start of the parliament session, the cabinet makes a list of bills to be placed before the house for consideration and approval. No minister can place any bill in the parliament without the approval of the cabinet.

The bills so placed before the parliament for approval must be strongly defended by the – cabinet. The members of parliament can comment, criticize, and seek clarifications, from
the government on any bill. Thus, from shaping the policy to defending it, cabinet plays a key role.

2. Control over the Executive:
All the ministers who are a part of the government belong to the executive. Each minister having assumed responsibility of a ministry is wholly responsible for any happening in that particular ministry. Hence all ministers must strive hard to implement the cabinet decisions. If any minister violates the cabinet decisions he may be fired for violating the party unity. The cabinet apart from the ministers also directs and supervises the activities of the civil service.

3. Control over the Finance:
The cabinet is responsible to the income and expenditure incurred by the state, though the responsibility of the preparing the annual income expenditure statement the budget lies with the Finance minister. In order to ensure secrecy,
the cabinet does not discuss the budget proposal.

Generally, the Prime minister also plays an important part in budget making, so the budget proposal are discussed between the Prime minister and the finance minister. The content of the budget are not made known to cabinet till the Finance minister’s budget speech. Once the budget is placed before the parliament, the cabinet can discuss and seek changes if necessary. Though the cabinet has the authority to reject the budget in its entirety, it is hardly done. Because it amounts to an insult to the government.

4. Co-ordination:
To co-ordinate the activities of different ministries or departments and guide them is the responsibility of the cabinet. Generally, working of one department will have its effect on the other. For example if two ministries work out an ambitious project calling for huge investment, the feasibility of its has to be decided by the finance ministry which holds the purse. Under these circumstances the cabinet has to strike a balance between the two and release money on priority basis. To co-ordinate governmental activities there are Secretarial Committees at the ministerial level headed by the Cabinet Secretary. Under his chairmanship these committees suggest means of coordination.

5. Control over appointments:
Generally, appointments do not come before the cabinet. But all major appointments such as the Governor, the Chiefs of Staff (army, navy, air force), Chief Election Commissioner, etc., are brought to notice of the cabinet before made public. The consent of the cabinet to these appointments is only a formality.

Question 10.
Explain the powers and functions of the council of ministers of a State.
Answer:
The Cabinet referred to as the ‘Wheel within a wheel’, ‘the magnet of policy’ is the most powerful decision making organ of the government. The Cabinet normally meets once in a week though it can meet whenever necessary, under the chairmanship of the Chief Minister. All decisions are taken based on debate and dialogue. The Cabinet being the highest decision making body, all ministers must abide by its decisions. In case of difference of opinion on a Cabinet decision, a minister must quit his post, as he is not allowed to criticize the cabinet decisions being a party to it.

The Cabinet makes decisions for the whole state. So, obviously, its work load and responsibilities are varied and diverse. In order to make things convenient Cabinet committees are formed. The committees such as Political Affairs Committee, Economic Affairs Committee, will look in to the respective departments and gather necessary’ information, which help in decisionmaking. These committees may be temporary or permanent depending upon the task on hand.

1. Formulation of policy:
The primary responsibility of cabinet is formulating the policy of the government. The decisions arrived at cabinet reflects the state’s outlook of the government. Before the start of Legislative assembly session, the cabinet makes a list of bills to be placed before the house for consideration and approval. No minister can place any bill in the assembly without the approval of cabinet. The bills so placed before the legislature for approval must be strongly defended by the cabinet; the members of legislature can comment, criticize and seek clarifications from the government on any bill. Thus from shaping the policy to defending it, cabinet plays a key role.

2. Control over the executive:
All the ministers who are a part of the government belong to the executive. Each minister having assumed responsibility of a ministry is wholly responsible for any happening in that particular ministry. Hence all ministers must strive hard to implement the Cabinet decisions. If any Minister violates the Cabinet decisions, he may be fired for violating the party unity. The cabinet apart from the ministers also directs and supervises the activities of the civil service.

3. Control over the finance:
The cabinet is responsible to the income and expenditure incurred by the state, though the responsibility of the preparing the annual income expenditure statement the budget lies with the Finance minister. In order to ensure secrecy, the cabinet does not discuss the budget proposal.

Generally, the Chief Minister also plays an important part in budget making, so the budget proposals are discussed between the Chief Minister and the finance minister. The content of the budget are not made known to cabinet till the Finance minister’s budget speech. Once the budget is placed before the state legislature, the cabinet can discuss and seek changes if necessary’. Though cabinet has the authority to reject the budget in its entirety, it is hardly done. Because, it amounts to an insult to the government.

4. Co-ordination:
To co-ordinate the activities of different ministries or departments and guide them is the responsibility of the cabinet. Generally, working of one department will have its effect on the other. For example, if two ministries work out an ambitious project calling for huge investment, the Feasibility of it has to be decided by the finance ministry, which holds the purse. Under these circumstances, the cabinet has to strike a balance between the two and release money on priority basis.

To co-ordinate governmental activities there are Secretarial Committees at the ministerial level headed by the Cabinet Secretary. Under his chairmanship these committees suggest means cc co-ordination. 5. Control over appointments: Generally, appointments do not come before the cabinet. But all major appointments such as the Governor are brought to notice of the cabinet before made public. The consent of the cabinet to these appointments is only a formality.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 11.
Explain the discretionary powers of Governor.
Answer:
The discretionary powers of the Governor are as follows:

  1. In appointing the Chief Minister if no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the Governor to call any person to form the government and prove his majority.
  2. On the recommendation of the Chief Minister, Governor can sack any minister (Article 1 64).
  3. If the Governor believes that the government has lost majority or if the Chief Minister having lost majority does not resign or if the government is using unethical means for political gains, under these circumstances he can dissolve the Council of ministers. (‘Article 174).
  4. The Governor can return a bill back to legislature for reconsideration.
  5. The Governor can reserve certain bills passed by the state legislature for consideration of the President (Article 200).
  6. Before issuing an ordinance, the Governor can receive directions from the President.
  7. If the Governor is satisfied that a situation-has arisen in which the government cannot be run according to provision of the constitution he may request the President to take over the state administration under Article 356. This is called President’s rule’. The report sent by the Governor to President must be kept confidential from the Council of ministers.

Question 12.
Explain the functions of the Chief Minister.
Answer:
The functions of the Chief Minister is so powerful that he is referred to as “the first among equals” (Primus intersperes). Article 164 of the constitution states that “there shall be a Council of ministers headed by the Chief Minister for the state”. The Chief Minister is elected from among the members of the majority party in Vidhana Sabha. In case no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the Governor to pick the Chief Minister, who in his opinion will prove majority in a stipulated time. Traditionally, the Chief Minister should be from the Vidhana Sabha.

1. Formation of Ministry:
The primary task of the Chief Minister on assuming office is the formation of the Council of ministers. Normally ministers are picked from the same political formation to ensure uniformity and continuity of policy. However, nothing prevents the Chief Minister from picking anyone as minister from any party. The Chief Minister enjoys the authority to pick and choose his ministry because he is responsible for the efficiency and performance of the government.

2. Allocation of Portfolios:
After forming the ministry the next important task is the allocation of responsibilities to ministers. Certain key or heavyweight portfolios such as Home, Revenue, Finance, Industry, Public works are to be given to key and heavyweights who enjoy clout and following among party worker. Also to ensure efficiency and stability of the government. The Chief Minister enjoys the power of expanding and reforming the ministry.

3. Chairman of the Cabinet:
The cabinet meetings are held under the chairmanship of the Chief Minister. The cabinet is a deliberating forum and differences may come up. It is the responsibility of the Chief Minister to mediate and soften things and arrive at decisions. The Chief Minister has the authority to decide the matters to be taken up by the cabinet and may accept or reject proposals. Normally the proposals brought by ministers for discussion are not rejected. In the era of coalition politics, it is a challenge for the Chief Minister to hold the flock together. It is very difficult to chair a cabinet meeting full of divergent views, ideologies and principles.

4. Leader of Vidhana Sabha:
Chief Minister is the leader of Vidhana Sabha. All major decisions and announcements of the state government are made by the Chief Minister. It is the responsibility of the Chief Minister to ensure that all bills brought before Vidhana sabha for approval are passed. And he has to defend the government on the floor of the house. Though ministers are individually responsible to their ministries, it is the Chief Minister who provides general leadership and direction. If any minister makes a mistake, the Chief Minister has the power to guide and correct him.

5. Leader of the Government:
The decisions of the government however good, are subjected to scrutiny and criticism. The opposition parties lose their identity if they do not criticize the government. So to guard against it, the Chief Minister, as leader of the government has to defend policies and programmes of the government both in and out of legislature.

6. Coordination and Supervision:
In running the administrative machinery Chief Minister will have to encounter numerous problems ranging from routine to serious. Under the circumstances it is essential to integrate different departments and see that they work smoothly and the ability of the Chief Minister is tested on this count. A Chief Minister should not only pick a team but also retain it as a team till the end of the term. Whenever problems arise between departments, he has to mediate and sort it out amicably through dialogue and goodwill.

The Chief Minister is the general head of the government. Hence he has the responsibility of supervising the administration. Though each minister is in charge of a ministry, lack of general supervision results in poor administrative quality. To maintain quality in administration, the Chief Minister will have to supervise it, not only gives him a general feel of the administration but also makes the ministers more responsible. The Chief Minister may correct the working of a particular ministry and offer suggestions.

7. Bridge between the Governor and the State Legislature:
The Chief Minister acts as a link between the Governor and state legislature in a parliamentary government. As all executive powers are vested in the hands of the Governor, the Chief Minister is duty-bound to keep the Governor informed about the decisions taken by the government.

Also, the Governor himself can call for any information from the government. The Chief Minister not only acts as a bridge but also as the advisor to the President. Whenever necessary the President will look forward for advice. For example, the Governor seeks the advice of the Chief Minister before dissolving Vidhana sabha.

8. Power of Dissolution:
The Vidhana sabha exists as long as the Chief Minister wishes because even before the expiry of 5 years term, Chief Minister may seek the dissolution of Vidhana sabha. The Vidhana sabha may be dissolved if deep differences surface within the government or within the ruling party or the government loses a motion of no confidence.

9. Power of Appointment:
Though civil appointments are made by the Governor, it is based on the recommendation of the Chief Minister.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
Write a short note on Cabinet.
Answer:
The Cabinet is referred to as the ‘wheel within a wheel’, ‘the magnet of policy’ and the most powerful decision making organ of the government. The Cabinet normally meets once in a week though it can meet whenever necessary, under, the chairmanship of the Prime minister. All decisions are taken based on debate and dialogue. The Cabinet makes decisions for the whole nation. Its workload and responsibilities are varied and diverse.

In order to make things, convenient cabinet committees are formed. The committees such as, Foreign Affairs Committee, Defense Committee, Political Affairs Committee, Economic Affairs Committee, will look into the respective departments and gather necessary information, which helps in decisionmaking. These committees may be temporary or permanent depending upon the task on hand.

1st PUC Political Science Executive Ten Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is executive? Explain its significance.
Answer:
The President is the administrative head of the State and orders are executed in his name.
Article 53 clearly states that ‘the executive powers of the State must be vested in the hands of the President’.

  1. All accords and agreements carried out on behalf of the Government of India is done in the name of the President.
  2. The President has the power to call for any information from the government.
  3. The President appoints the Prime minister and the Council of the minister on the recommendation of the Prime minister.
  4. The highest constitutional functionaries such as Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG), Chief Election Commissioner (CEC), Chief Vigilance Commissioner (CVC) are appointed by the President.
  5. The member of the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC). National Human Right Commission (NHRG), Backward Class Commission (BCC) and National Commission for Women (NCW) are appointed by the President.
  6. The President enjoys the power of removing highest constitutional functionaries.
  7. The President can call for reports from Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Commission, Linguistic Minorities Commission (LMC), Backward Class Commis¬sion (BCC) and other commissions.

Question 2.
Explain the powers and functions of the President of India.
Answer:
In the Parliamentary government, the position of the President is that of a respectful figure-head, representing the honor and dignity of the people of India. It has become a fashion to label the President as ‘a rubber stamp’, the impression is that he does nothing but signing bills brought before him. But there are occasions that offer scope for independent decisions. When no party enjoys a majority, the power to appoint Prime minister rests with the President (Article 75).

In case of sudden demise of Prime minister, if the party fails to elect its leader, at the earliest, President may appoint a person of his choice as the Prime minister. Importantly, if a government loses majority and recommends for the dissolution of the house (Lok sabha), it is purely power of the President to dissolve the parliament or not (Article 85).
The powers and functions of the President are as follows:

1. Legislative Functions: The legislative functions are detailed below:

  1. To summon, prorogue and dissolve the Parliament.
  2. The President enjoys the power to address the Parliament. It is normally done after general elections or the first session of the year. It is generally called Presidential speech. This inaugural speech outlines the objectives and priorities of the government.
  3. In passing the bills, if a dead lock arises due to non-agreement between two houses . of the parliament, the President may call for joint session of both the houses.
  4. The President may address Lok sabha or Rajya sabha or both any time and also may send a message to both the houses of parliament to look into a bill.
  5. In the considered view of the President, if he is satisfied that the Anglo-Indian community is not adequately represented, he may nominate 12 members to Rajva Sabha and 2 members to Lok sabha.
  6. Prior permission of the President is essential while dealing with bills relating to formation of new states, alteration of boundaries and some special bills like the finance bills.
  7. No bill can become a law without the assent of the President. He enjoys the power to withhold a bill. This power is called ‘Veto power”. However he cannot refuse his assent for finance bills. But he can withhold assent for a non money bill. But if the same is resubmitted for signature even without changes, he cannot refuse to sign it.
  8. The President enjoys the power of issuing Ordinance when the parliament is not in session. It will have the same power and effect similar to that of a law made by the Parliament provided the same is ratified by the Parliament within 6 weeks of its passage. Otherwise it ceases to be a law and is considered null and void or zero.

2. Executive Functions:
The President is the administrative Head of the State and orders are executed in his name. Article 53 clearly states that the executive powers of the State must be vested in ‘the hands of the President’.

  1. All accords and agreements carried out on behalf of the Government of India is done in the name of the President.
  2. The President has the power to call for any information from the government.
  3. The President appoints the Prime minister and the Council of minister on recommendation of the Prime minister.
  4. The highest constitutional functionaries such as Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG), Chief Election Commissioner (CEC), ChiefVigilance Commissioner (CVC) are appointed by the President.
  5. The member of the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC), National Human Right Commission (NHRC), Backward Class Commission (BCC) and National Commission for Women (NCW) are appointed by the President.
  6. The President enjoys the power of removing highest constitutional functionaries.
  7. The President can call for reports from Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Commission, Linguistic Minorities Commission (LMC), Backward Class Commission (BCC) and other commissions.

3. Financial powers:

  1. It is the constitutional obligation of the President to see that the annual income expenditure statement. The budget is placed before the Parliament for approval.
  2. Financial bills cannot be presented in the Parliament without the consent of the President.
  3. The recommendation of the Finance Commissions and the Planning Commission are placed before the Parliament on orders of the President.
  4. The members of the Finance Commission and Planning Commission are appointed by the President.

4. Judicial Powers:

  1. The President enjoys the power of pardoning the sentence of a person declared an offender by the Supreme Court. He is so powerful that he can reduce change or altogether cancel the punishment. This power is called Presidential Pardon. This is provided to ensure against any miscarriage of justice (Article 72).
  2. The Judges of the Supreme Court and High court are appointed by the President in consultation with the Chief Justice of India.
  3. The President is entitled to legal advice on matters relating to the constitutional clarity of bills. However, it is not binding on the President to accept it.

5.Military Powers:

  1. President is the Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces.
  2. President has the power to declare war or peace, but parliamentary approval is essential for such a decision.
  3. The President can raise funds for training and preservation of armed forces with prior approval of the Parliament.
  4. The Chiefs of Army, Navy, and Air force are appointed by the President.

6. Diplomatic Powers:
The diplomatic powers of the President are purely symbolic in nature.

  1. The President represents the country in international affairs. His visits are of courtesy nature aimed at strengthening bilateral relations; he does not sign any treaties or agreements.
  2. The ambassadors representing the country abroad are appointed by the President.
  3. The foreign ambassadors are received by the President. No person can be considered an ambassador unless he is given the ‘Letter of Accreditation’ by the president.

7. Emergency Powers:
The emergency powers of the President are enumerated in the constitution from Article 352 to Article 360. The President may declare emergency under three circumstances:

  1. The President may declare internal emergency under Article 352, if, in his opinion, there is a threat to India’s security due to war or external aggression.
  2. The President may impose ‘President’s Rule’ under Article 356 if he is convinced that in that particular state the law and order has completely deteriorated and it cannot be governed as per the constitution. Though the President’s rule is imposed on the recommendation of the governor of the concerned state, it is not compulsory.
  3. If the President is convinced that the financial stability and prestige of the nation is at risk, he may impose financial emergency under Article 360.

However, the imposition of internal and financial emergency should be placed before Parliament and its consent taken within 2 months of the declaration of emergency, otherwise, it is considered invalid.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Write a note on the Wee President of India.
Answer:
1. Ex – Officio Chairman of Rajya Sabha :
The vice president of India performs as an ex – officio chairman of the Rajya Sabha. He is empowered to preside over the meetings of Rajya Sabha. He can adjourn the house or suspend its sitting in the event of the absence of a quorum.

2. Acting President of India:
The vice president is permitted to work as a acting president when the office of the president is vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal. At that time the vice president can claim all the benefits of the office of the president. He will be in that office until a new president is elected.

Question 4.
Explain the powers and functions of Prime Minister of India.
Answer:
The power and position of Prime minister is so powerful that he is referred to as The first among equals (primus intersperes). Lord Morley regards Prime minister as “the key stone of the cabinet arch.” Former British Prime Minister Harold Wilson considered Prime Minister as “a person who conducts an orchestra without using any instrument”. The greatest ever British Prime minister R.A.Butler once said, “A Prime minister must be a good butcher, and know all the joints.”

Article 74 of the constitution states that “there shall be a Council of ministers headed by the Prime Minister for the Union of India”, The Prime minister is elected from among the members of the majority party in Lok sabha. In case no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the President to pick the Prime minister, who in his opinion will prove majority in a stipulated time.

Traditionally, the Prime minister should be from Loksabha. Some scholars compare the Prime minister to the Sun because complete administration revolves around him. B. R. Ambedkar compares the powers of Prime minister to that of the President of U.S.A,

The success or failure of a Prime minister largely depends upon the personality besides administrative knowledge and experience. For example, Nehru was known for his magnetic personality, Shastri for his soft-spoken, but firm nature, Mrs. Gandhi for ‘never forget or forgive enemies’ attitude and Rajiv Gandhi was progressive but parasitic. P. V. Narasimha Rho always regarded not making any decision as the best decision, whereas Vajpayee was emotional.
The powers and function of the Prime minister are detailed below:

1.Formation of Ministry:
The primary task of the Prime minister on assuming office is the formation of the Council of ministers. Normally ministers are picked from the same political formation to ensure uniformity and continuity of policy However, nothing prevents Prime minister from picking any one as minister.

2. Allocation of Portfolios:
After forming the ministry the next important task is allocation of responsibilities to ministers. Certain key or heavy weight portfolios such as Home, Defence, Finance, Commerce and Industry, External affairs etc., are to be given to party heavy’ weights who enjoy a good clout and following among the party workers. Also to ensure efficiency and stability of the government. Prime minister enjoys the power of expanding and reforming the ministry.

3. Chairman of the Cabinet:
The cabinet meetings are held under the chairmanship of the Prime minister. The Cabinet is a deliberating forum and differences may come up. It is the responsibility of Prime minister to mediate and soften things and arrive at decisions. The Prime minister has the authority to decide the matters to be taken up by the cabinet and may accept or reject proposals. Normally the proposals brought by ministers for discussion are not rejected.

In the era of coalition politics it is a challenge for the Prime minister to hold the flock together. It is very difficult to. chair,a Cabinet full of divergent views, ideologies and principles. For example, for the last fifteen years we are a witness to pulls and pressures exerted on the Prime mmister from different alliance partners.

4. Leader of Lok Sabha:
Prime minister is the leader of Lok sabha. All major decisions and announcements of the government are made by the Prime minister. It is the responsibility of the Prime minister to ensure that all bills brought before Lok sabha for approval are passed. And he has to defend the government on the floor of the bouse. Though ministers are individually responsible to their ministries, it is the Prime minister who provides general leadership and direction. If any minister makes a mistake, the Prime minister has the power to guide and correct him.

5. Leader of the Government:
The decisions of the government however good, are subjected to scrutiny and criticism. The Prime minister, as leader of the government, has to defend policies and programmes of the government both in and out of parliament.

6. Coordination and Supervision:
In running the administrative machinery Prime minister will have to encounter numerous problems ranging from routine to serious. Under the circumstances, it is essential to integrate different departments and see that they work smoothly and the ability of the Prime minister is tested on this count. A Prime minister should not only pick a team but also retain it as a team till the end of the term. Whenever problems arise between departments, he has to mediate and sort it out amicably through dialogue and goodwill.

The Prime minster is the general head of the government. Hence he has the responsibility of supervising the administration. Though each Minister is in charge of a ministry, lack of general supervision results in poor administrative quality. To maintain quality in administration, the Prime minister will have to supervise. It not only gives him a general feel of the administration but also makes the ministers more responsible. The Prime Minister may correct the working of a particular ministry and offer suggestions.

7. Bridge between the President and the Parliament:
The Prime minister acts as a link between President and Parliament In a parliamentary government. As all executives powers are vested in the hands of the President, the Prime minister is duty-bound to keep the President informed about the decisions taken by the government.

Also, the President himself can call for any information from the government. The Prime minister not only acts as a bridge but also as the advisor to the President. Whenever necessary the President will look forward for advice. For example, the President seeks the advice of Prime minister before dissolving Lok sabha.

8. Power of Dissolution:
The Lok sabha exists as long as Prime minister wishes because even before the expiry of 5 years term, Prime minister may seek the dissolution of Lok sabha. The Lok sabha is dissolved if deep differences surface within the government or within the ruling party or the government loses a motion of no confidence.

9. Power of Appointment:
Though civil, military, judicial and diplomatic appointments are made by the President it is based on the recommendation of the Prime minister. The highest constitutional position such as the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC), Chief Vigilance Commissioner (CVC), Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG), the Judges of the Supreme court and the High courts, the Chiefs of army, navy, and air force, the diplomats etc., are appointed on the advice of the Prime minister.

10. Special Powers:
The foreign affairs, national security and on economic matters Prime minister enjoys a special position. As the whole world watches and listens to his words with the attention he has a special place.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Explain the powers and functions of Union Council of Ministers.
Answer:
The powers and functions of the cabinet is as follows:
1. Formulation of Policy:
The primary responsibility of Cabinet is formulating the policy of the government. The decisions arrived at the Cabinet reflects the national and international outlook of the government. Before the start of the parliament session, the cabinet makes a list of bills to be placed before the house for consideration and approval. No minister can place any bill in the parliament without the approval of the cabinet.

The bills so placed before the parliament for approval must be strongly defended by the cabinet The members of parliament can comment, criticize, and seek clarifications, from the government on any bill. Thus, from shaping the policy to defending it, the cabinet plays a key role.

2. Control over the Executive:
All the ministers who are a part of the government belong to the executive. Each minister having assumed responsibility of a ministry is wholly responsible for any happening in that particular ministry. Hence all ministers must strive hard to implement the cabinet decisions. If any minister violates the cabinet decisions he may be fired for violating the party unity. The cabinet apart from the ministers also directs and supervises the activities of the civil service.

3. Control over the Finance:
The cabinet is responsible to the income and expenditure incurred by the state, though the responsibility of the preparing the annual income expenditure statement the budget lies with the Finance minister. In order to ensure secrecy, the cabinet does not discuss the budget proposal.

Generally, the Prime minister also plays an important part in budget making, so the budget proposal are discussed between the Prime minister and the finance minister. The content of the budget are not made known to cabinet till the Finance minister’s budget speech. Once the budget is placed before the parliament, the cabinet can discuss and seek changes if necessary. Though the cabinet has the authority to reject the budget in its entirety, it is hardly done. Because it amounts to an insult to the government.

4. Co-ordination:
To co-ordinate the activities of different ministries or departments and guide them is the responsibility of the cabinet. Generally, working of one department will have its effect on the other. For example if two ministries work out an ambitious project calling for huge investment, the feasibility of its has to be decided by the finance ministry which holds the purse. Under these circumstances, the cabinet has to strike a balance between the two and release money on priority basis. To co-ordinate governmental activities there are Secretarial Committees at the ministerial level headed by the Cabinet Secretary. Under his chairmanship, these committees suggest means of coordination.

5. Control over appointments:
Generally, appointments do not come before the cabinet. But all major appointments such as the Governor, the Chiefs of Staff (army, navy, airforce), Chief Election Commissioner, etc., are brought to notice of the cabinet before made public. The consent of the cabinet to these appointments is only a formality.

Question 6.
Explain the powers and functions of the Governor of a State.
Answer:
Powers and functions of the Governor:
In the Parliamentary executive systems of India, the position of Governor is that of a respectful figure-head, representing the honour and dignity of the people of the states. It has become a fashion to label the Governor as a rubber stamp the impression is that he does nothing but signing the bills brought before him. But there are occasions that offer scope for independent decisions. When no party enjoys a majority, the power to appoint the Chief Minister rests with the governor.

In case of the sudden demise of the Chief Minister, if the party fails to elect its leader, at the earliest the Governor may appoint a person of his choice as the Chief Minister. Importantly if a government loses the majority, and recommends for the dissolution of the house (Vidhana sabha), it is purely left to the governor whether to dissolve or not.

1. The legislative functions are detailed below.

  1. To Summon the session, to Prorogue the session or dissolve the legislature.
  2. The Governor enjoys the power to address the legislature. It is normally done after general elections or the first session of the year. That is called “Governor’s speech”. This inaugural speech outlines the objectives and priorities of the government. Traditionally this speech is prepared by the cabinet but read by the Governor.
  3. In passing the bills, if a deadlock arises due to non-agreement between two houses of the legislature, the Governor may call for joint session of both the houses.
  4. The Governor may address either House of the state legislature or both any time and also may send a message to both the houses to settle an unsettled bill. But, however, no Governor so far has neither addressed the house nor sent messages.
  5. In the considered view of the Governor if he is satisfied that the Anglo-Indian community is not adequately represented, he may nominate a member to Vidhana sabha.
  6. (vi) Governor must seek prior permission of the President while dealing with bills relating to formation of new states, alteration of state boundaries and some special bills like the finance bills.
  7. No bills can become a law without the assent of the Governor. He enjoys the power of withhold a bill. This power is called ‘Veto power’. However, he can’t refuse his assent for finance bills. But he can withhold assent for non-money bills. But if the same is resubmitted for signature, even without changes, he cannot refuse.
  8. The Governor enjoys the power of issuing Ordinance when the legislature is not in session. It will have the same power and effect similar to that of a law made by the state legislature provided the same is ratified by the legislature within 6 weeks of its. passage, otherwise it ceases to be a law and is considered null and void.

2. Executive Functions:
The Governor is the administrative head of the state and orders are executed in his name. Article 154 clearly states that “the executive powers of the state must be vested in the hands of the Governor”.

  1. All accords and agreements carried out on behalf of the government of state is done in the name of the Governor.
  2. The Governor has the power to call for any information from the government.
  3. The Governor appoints the Chief Minister and the council of ministers on the recommendation of the Chief Minister.
  4. The member of the State Public Service Commission (SPSC), Backward Classes
    Commission (BCC) are appointed by the Governor.

3. Financial powers:
The following are the financial functions of the Governor.

  1. It is the constitutional obligation of the Governor to see that the annual income expenditure statement the budget is placed before state legislature for approval.
  2. Financial bills cannot be presented in state legislature without the consent of the Governor.
  3. The recommendations of the state finance commissions and the planning commission are placed before the legislature on orders of the Governor.
  4. The members of the Finance Commission and Planning Commission are appointed by the Governor.

4. Judicial Powers:

  1. The judicial powers of the Governor extends till the will of the state legislature extends,
  2. The Governor enjoys the power of pardoning the sentence of a person declared an offender by the High Court. He is so powerful that he can reduce change or altogether cancel the punishment. This power is called Governor’s pardon. This is provided to ensure against any miscarriage of justice. However, the Governor has no power to pardon a person if the case is pending with the Supreme court.
  3. The judges of the High court are appointed by the President in consultation with the Governor and the Chief justice of the high court.
  4. The Governor is entitled to legal advice on matters relating to the constitutional clarity of bills. However, it is not binding on the Governor to accept it.

5. Discretionary Powers:
As first citizen of the state, the Governor has the responsibility of conducting the administrative machinery as per the provisions enshrined in the constitution.
Article 163 vests the Governor with discretionary power that cannot be questioned in any court of law. Though the powers are discretionary, the constitution expects it to be used with common sense, restraint and a sense of justice.

The discretionary powers of the Governor are as follows:

  1. In appointing the Chief Minister if no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the Governor to call any person to form the government and prove his majority.
  2. On the recommendation of the Chief Minister, Governor can sack a minister (Article 164).
  3. If the Governor believes that the government has lost majority or if the Chief Minister having lost majority does not resign or if the government is using unethical means for political gains, under these circumstances he can dissolve the Council of ministers. (‘Article 174).
  4. The Governor can return a bill back to legislature for reconsideration.
  5. The Governor can reserve certain bills passed by the state legislature for consideration of the President (Article 200).
  6. Before issuing an ordinance, the Governor can receive directions from the President.
  7. If the Governor is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government cannot be run according to provision of the constitution he may request the President to take over the state administration under Article 356. This is called President’s rule’. The report sent by the Governor to President must be kept confidential from the Council of ministers.

Question 7.
Explain the powers and functions of the Chief Minister of a State.
Answer:
The power and position of the Chief Minister is so powerful that he is referred to as “the first among equals’” (Primus intersperes). Article 164 of the constitution states that “there shall be a Council of ministers headed by the Chief Minister for the state”. The Chief Minister is elected from among the members of the majority party in Vidhana Sabha. In case no party enjoys majority it is left to the discretion of the Governor to pick the Chief Minister, who in his opinion will prove majority’ in a stipulated time. Traditionally, the Chief Minister should be from the Vidhana Sabha.

1.Formation of Ministry:
The primary task of the Chief Minister on assuming office is the formation of the Council of ministers. Normally ministers are picked from the same political formation to ensure uniformity and continuity of policy. However, nothing prevents the Chief Minister from picking anyone as minister from any party. The Chief Minister enjoys the authority to pick and choose his ministry because he is responsible for the efficiency and performance of the government.

2. Allocation of Portfolios:
After forming the ministry the next important task is the allocation of responsibilities to ministers. Certain key or heavy’ weight portfolios such as Home, Revenue, Finance, Industry, Public works are to be given to key and heavyweights who enjoy clout and following among party workers. Also to ensure efficiency and stability of the government. The Chief Minister enjoys the power of expanding and reforming the ministry.

3. Chairman of the Cabinet:
The cabinet meetings are held under the chairmanship of the Chief Minister. The cabinet is a deliberating forum and differences may come up. It is the responsibility of the Chief Minister to mediate and soften things and arrive at decisions. The Chief Minister has the authority to decide the matters to be taken up by the cabinet and may accept or reject proposals. Normally the proposals brought by ministers for discussion are not rejected. In the era of coalition politics, it is a challenge for the Chief Minister to hold the flock together. It is very difficult to chair a cabinet meeting full of divergent views, ideologies and principles.

4. Leader of Vidhana Sabha:
Chief Minister is the leader of Vidhana Sabha. All major decisions and announcements of the state government are made by the Chief Minister. It is the responsibility of the Chief Minister to ensure that all bills brought before Vidhana Sabha for approval are passed. And he has to defend the government on the floor of the house. Though ministers are individually responsible to their ministries, it is the Chief minister who provides general leadership and direction. If any minister makes a mistake, the Chief Minister has the power to guide and correct him.

5. Leader of the Government:
The decisions of the government however good, are subjected to scrutiny and criticism. The opposition parties lose their identity if they do not criticize the government. So to guard against it, the Chief Minister, as leader of the government has to defend policies and programmes of the government both in and out of legislature.

6. Co-ordination and Supervision:
In running the administrative machinery Chief Minister will have to encounter numerous problems ranging from routine to serious. Under the circumstances it is essential to integrate different departments and see that they work smoothly and the ability of the Chief Minister is tested on this count. A Chief Minister should not only pick a team but also retain it as a team till the end of the term. Whenever problems arise between departments, he has to mediate and sort it out amicably through dialogue and goodwill.

The Chief Minister is the general head of the government. Hence he has the responsibility of supervising the administration. Though each minister is in charge of a ministry, lack of general supervision results in poor administrative quality. To maintain quality in administration, the Chief Minister will have to supervise it, not only gives him a general
feel of the administration but also makes the ministers more responsible. The Chief Minister may correct the working of a particular ministry and offer suggestions.

7. Bridge between the Governor and the State Legislature:
The Chief Minister acts as a link between the Governor and state legislature in a parliamentary government. As all executive powers are vested in the hands of the Governor, the Chief Minister is duty bound to keep the Governor informed about the decisions taken by the government. Also, the Governor himself can call for any information from the government. The Chief Minister not only acts as a bridge but also as the advisor to the President. Whenever necessary’ the President will look forward for advice. For example, the Governor seeks the advice of the Chief Minister before dissolving Vidhana Sabha.

8. Power of Dissolution:
The Vidhana sabha exists as long as the Chief Minister wishes because even before the expiry of 5 years term, Chief Minister may seek the dissolution of Vidhana Sabha. The Vidhana Sabha may be dissolved if deep differences surface within the government or within the ruling party or the government loses a motion of no confidence.

9. Power of Appointment:
Though civil appointments are made by the Governor, it is based on the recommendation of the Chief Minister.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Explain the powers and functions of the council of ministers of a state.
Answer:
The Cabinet referred to as the ‘Wheel within a wheel’, ‘the magnet of policy’ is the most powerful decision making organ of the government. The Cabinet normally meets once in a week though it can meet whenever necessary, under the chairmanship of the Chief Minister. All decisions are taken based on debate and dialogue.

The Cabinet being the highest decision-making body, all ministers must abide by its decisions. In case of difference of opinion on a Cabinet decision, a minister must quit his post, as he is not allowed to criticize the cabinet decisions being a party to it.

The Cabinet makes decisions for the whole state. So, obviously, its work load and responsibilities are varied and diverse. In order to make things convenient Cabinet committees are formed. The committees such as Political Affairs Committee, Economic Affairs Committee, will look in to the respective departments and gather necessary information, which help in decisionmaking. These committees may be temporary or permanent depending upon the task on hand.

1. Formulation of policy:
The primary responsibility of cabinet is formulating the policy of the government. The decisions arrived at cabinet reflects the state’s outlook of the government. Before the start of Legislative assembly session, the cabinet makes a list of bills to be placed before the house for consideration and approval.

No minister can place any bill in the assembly without the approval of cabinet. The bills so placed before the legislature for approval must be strongly defended by the cabinet; the members of legislature can comment, criticize and seek clarifications from the government on any bill. Thus from shaping the policy to defending it, cabinet plays a key role.

2. Control over the executive:
All the ministers who are a part of the government belong to the executive. Each minister having assumed responsibility of a ministry is wholly responsible for any happening in that particular ministry. Hence all ministers must strive hard to implement the Cabinet decisions. If any Minister violates the Cabinet decisions, he may be fired for violating the party unity. The cabinet apart from the ministers also directs and supervises the activities of the civil service.

3. Control over the finance:
The cabinet is responsible for the income and expenditure incurred by the state, though the responsibility of preparing the annual income expenditure statement the budget lies with the Finance minister. In order to ensure secrecy, the cabinet does not discuss the budget proposal.

Generally, the Chief Minister also plays an important part in budget making, so the budget proposals are discussed between the Chief Minister and the finance minister. The content of the budget are not made known to cabinet till the Finance minister’s budget speech. Once the budget is placed before the state legislature, the cabinet can discuss and seek changes if necessary. Though cabinet has the authority to reject the budget in its entirety, it is hardly done. Because it amounts to an insult to the government.

4. Co-ordination:
To co-ordinate the activities of different ministries or departments and guide them is the responsibility of the cabinet. Generally, working of one department will have its effect on the other. For example, if two ministries work out an ambitious project calling for huge investment, the feasibility of it has to be decided by the finance ministry which holds the purse. Under these circumstances, the cabinet has to strike a balance between the two and release money on a priority basis. To co-ordinate governmental activities there are Secretarial Committees at the ministerial level headed by the Cabinet Secretary. Under his chairmanship, these committees suggest means cc co-ordination.

5. Control over appointments:
Generally, appointments do not come before the cabinet. But all major appointments such as the Governor are brought to notice of the cabinet before made public. The consent of the cabinet to these appointments is only a formality.

2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण वाक्य शुद्धि

You can Download 2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण वाक्य शुद्धि, 2nd PUC Hindi Textbook Answers, Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Karnataka 2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण वाक्य शुद्धि

अ) निम्नलिखित वाक्यों को शुद्ध कीजिए :

1) तुम तुम्हारे घर जाओ।
उत्तरः
तुम अपने घर जाओ।

2) वह धीमी स्वर में बोली।
उत्तरः
वह धीमे स्वर में बोली।

KSEEB Solutions

3) मेरे को अपना काम बहुत पसंद है।
उत्तरः
मुझे अपना काम बहुत पसंद है।

4) श्याम ने संतोष का साँस ली।
उत्तरः
श्याम ने संतोष की साँस ली।

5) बालक ने रोटी खाया।
उत्तरः
बालक ने रोटी खायी।

6) यह एक इतिहासिक घटना है।
उत्तरः
यह एक ऐतिहासिक घटना है।

7) भैंस का ताकतवर दूध होता है।
उत्तरः
भैंस का दूध ताकतवर होता है।

8) अध्यापक जी पढ़ा रहा है।
उत्तरः
अध्यापक जी पढ़ा रहे हैं।

9) श्यामा ने कहानी सुनाया।
उत्तरः
श्यामा ने कहानी सुनायी।

10) मैं विश्वविद्यालय को जा रहा हूँ।
उत्तरः
मैं विश्वविद्यालय जा रहा हूँ।

11) सुनिए, अंदर चले जाओ।
उत्तरः
सुनिए, अंदर चले जाइए।

12) यह किताब किसका है?
उत्तरः
यह किताब किसकी है?

13) यहाँ ताजा भैंस का दूध मिलता है।
उत्तरः
यहाँ भैंस का ताजा दूध मिलता है।

14) रोगी को काटकर सेब खिलाओ।
उत्तरः
रोगी को सेब काटकर खिलाओ।
(अथवा)
सेब काटकर रोगी को खिलाओ।

15) आप खाना खाओगे।
उत्तरः
आप खाना खाएँगे।

KSEEB Solutions

16) मेरा प्राण बेचैन है।
उत्तरः
मेरे प्राण बेचैन हैं।

17) लाल बहादुर शास्त्री का देश सदा आभारी रहेगा।
उत्तरः
देश सदा लाल बहादुर शास्त्री का आभारी रहेगा।

18) लता ने आम को खाती थी।
उत्तरः
लता ने आम खाया। (अथवा)
लता आम खाती थी।

19) मेरा काली घोड़ा खो गया।
उत्तरः
मेरा काला घोड़ा खो गया।

20) मैं आप पर इज्जत करता हूँ।
उत्तरः
मैं आपकी इज्जत करता हूँ।

21) रमा ने पढ़ती है।
उत्तरः
रमा पढ़ती है।

22) मेरा तो प्राण निकल गया।
उत्तरः
मेरे तो प्राण निकल गये।

23) कोई ने मेरी पुस्तक देखी?
उत्तरः
किसी ने मेरी पुस्तक देखी?

24) यहाँ लोग ईमानदार और उदार रहते हैं।
उत्तरः
यहाँ के लोग ईमानदार और उदार रहते हैं।

25) वह गाने की कसरत कर रहा है।
उत्तरः
वह गाने का अभ्यास कर रहा है।

26) तुम जा सकता है।
उत्तरः तुम जा सकते हो।

27) लड़की ने पत्र लिखी।
उत्तरः
लड़की ने पत्र लिखा।

28) रोहन को पूछो।
उत्तरः
रोहन से पूछो।

29) वह पैदल से गया है।
उत्तरः
वह पैदल गया है।

30) कोयल डाली में बैठी है।
उत्तरः
कोयल डाली पर बैठी है।

KSEEB Solutions

31) मेरे पास केवल मात्र पचास रुपए हैं।
उत्तरः
मेरे पास केवल पचास रुपये हैं।

32) महेश और संगीता हमारे यहाँ आएगा।
उत्तरः
महेश और संगीता हमारे यहाँ आएँगे।

33) सुमन माधव का पुत्री है।
उत्तरः
सुमन माधव की पुत्री है।

34) कृपया से मेरा नाम भी लिख लीजिए।
उत्तरः
कृपया मेरा नाम भी लिख लीजिए।

35) इसके बाद वे वापस लौट गए।
उत्तरः इसके बाद वे लौट गए।

36) शत्रु मैदान से दौड़ खड़ा हुआ।
उत्तरः
शत्रु मैदान से भाग खड़ा हुआ।

37) मैं आपका दर्शन करने आया हूँ।
उत्तरः
मैं आपके दर्शन करने आया हूँ।

38) मैंने मकान बनवाने के लिए मैसूर जाना है।
उत्तरः
मुझे मकान बनवाने के लिए मैसूर जाना है।

39) सुरेश के चाची जी बीमार पड़े हैं।
उत्तरः
सुरेश की चाची जी बीमार हैं।

40) मैं नया पोशाक पहनूंगा।
उत्तरः
मैं नई पोशाक पहनूँगा।

41) बच्चों से गुस्सा न करो।
उत्तरः
बच्चों पर गुस्सा न करो।

42) मेले में अनेकों दुकानें थीं।
उत्तरः
मेले में अनेक दुकानें थीं।

43) तुलसीदास ने रामचरितमानस का रचना की।
उत्तरः
तुलसीदास ने रामचरितमानस की रचना की।

44) मेरा नाम श्री महेन्द्रकुमारजी है।
उत्तरः
मेरा नाम महेन्द्रकुमार है।

45) सरदार वल्लभ भाई पटेल ‘लोह पुरुष’ कहा जाता है।
उत्तरः
सरदार वल्लभ भाई पटेल को ‘लोह पुरुष’ कहा जाता है।
अथवा
सरदार वल्लभ भाई पटेल ‘लोह पुरुष’ कहे जाते हैं।

KSEEB Solutions

46) एक दूध का गिलास दो।
उत्तरः
एक गिलास दूध दो।

47) किसी भी आदमी को भेज दो।
उत्तरः
किसी आदमी को भेज दो।

48) कॉफी में कौन पड़ गया है?
उत्तरः
कॉफी में क्या पड़ गया है?

49) उसे बहुत गुस्सा आती है।
उत्तरः
उसे बहुत गुस्सा आता है।

50) मैंने मेरी कलम अपने मित्र को दे दी।
उत्तरः
मैंने अपनी कलम मित्र को दे दी।

51) जंगल में बड़ा अंधकार है।
उत्तरः
जंगल में घना अंधकार है।

52) बाजार गए हैं पिताजी।
उत्तरः
पिताजी बाजार गए हैं।

53) चरखा कातना चाहिए।
उत्तरः चरखा चलाना चाहिए।
(अथवा)
सूत कातना चाहिए।

54) वह बिलकुल भी बात करना पसंद नहीं करती।
उत्तरः
वह बात करना पसंद नहीं करती।

55) मुझको घबराना पड़ा।
उत्तरः
मुझे घबराना पड़ा।

56) वह कमर कसा बैठा है।
उत्तरः
वह कमर कसे बैठा है।

57) पंद्रह अगस्त का भारत के इतिहास में बहुत महत्व है।
उत्तरः
भारत के इतिहास में पंद्रह अगस्त का बहुत महत्व है।

KSEEB Solutions

58) अध्यापक बच्चों को बुलाए।
उत्तरः
अध्यापक ने बच्चों को बुलाया।

59) हम तीन भाई हूँ।
उत्तरः
हम तीन भाई हैं।

60) अपनी काम स्वयं करो।
उत्तरः
अपना काम स्वयं करो।

अतिरिक्त प्रश्न :

61) मुझे बहुत गुस्सा आती है।
मुझे बहुत गुस्सा आता है।

62) राजू ने मुझे मथुरा दिखाई।
राजू ने मुझे मथुरा दिखाया।

63) उसने अपने बटुआ उठाई।
उसने अपना बटुआ उठाया।

64) वसंत ऋतु अच्छा लगती है।
वसंत ऋतु अच्छी लगती है।

65) उसका संतान मेहनती है।
उसकी संतान मेहनती है।

66) कल माताजी आ रहे हैं।
कल माताजी आ रही हैं।

67) अनेकों स्त्री पुरुष वहाँ आए थे।
अनेक स्त्री-पुरुष वहाँ आए थे।

68) उसके पास बहुत सोने हैं।
उसके पास बहुत सोना है।

2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 5 Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India

Karnataka 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 5 Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India

You can Download Chapter 5 Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India Questions and Answers, Notes, 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

2nd PUC Sociology Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
State any one characteristic of village community.
Answer:
Agriculture as a way of life.

Question 2.
Mention any one sociologists who have conducted village studies.
Answer:
M.N. Srinivas.

Question 3.
Who edited the book called “Rural Sociology in India”.
Answer:
A.R. Desai.

Question 4.
Mention the two ancient cities of India.
Answer:
Varanasi, Indraprasta.

Question 5.
Mention any one problem of village community.
Answer:
Increase in Drought prone.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Who considered Indian Villages as Little Republics?
Answer:
Chaurl, Metcalf.

Question 7.
Write one change taken place in Indian villages during British rule.
Answer:
The Britishers discontinued the grant to the village fund from village revenue. This affected the developmental activities which were carried out by the village councils panchayats.

Question 8.
State any one Importance of village studies.
Answer:
Field work antidote to Book view.

Question 9.
Who undertook a study on Rampura village?
Answer:
M.N. Srinivas. .

Question 10.
Who authored Remembered village?
Answer:
M.N. Srinivas.

Question 11.
Who Conducted study on Kisan garhi village.
Answer:
Mcim Marriot.

Question 12.
Mention any one social problem of Indian villages.
Answer:
illiteracy.

Question 13.
Mention any one Health problem of Indian villages.
Answer:
Infant mortality

Question 14.
Mention any one economic problem of Indian villages.
Answer:
Discriminatory policies.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 15.
Who edited the book “Agrarian crisis and formers suicide?
Answer:
R.S Deshapande and Saroja Arora.

Question 16.
According to R.S. Deshapande and saroja Arora which are the-events responsible for farmers suicide.
Answer:
Crop failure.

Question 17.
Mention any one committee Appointed by Govt of Karnataka to study Agrarian crisis.
Answer:
G.K. Veeresh Committee.

Question 18.
Which committee recommended Health Insurance schemes (Yeshaswini) to the farmers?
Answer:
G.K. Veeresh Committee.

Question 19.
Which amendment in constitution has given more power to Panchayath Raj.?
Answer:
73rd Amendment.

Question 20.
Expand IRDP.
Answer:
Integrated Rural Development Programme.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 21.
Expand MGNREGA
Answer:
Mahathama Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act.

Question 22.
Expand SEZ
Answer:
Special Economic Zone.

Question 23.
Mention any one changes Indian villages according to AR. Desai.
Answer:
Transformation of Agriculture from subsistence to commercial Agriculture.

Question 24.
State any one problem of Indian cities.
Answer:
Urban poverty.

Question 25.
Which company is Responsible for Bhopal Gas Tragedy?
Answer:
Union Carbide Company.

Question 26.
Which toxic gas killed people of Bhopal in Gas Tragedy?
Answer:
Methyl Isocynate.

Question 27.
Who is father of green revolution in India?
Answer:
Dr. M.S. Swaminathan. .

Question 28.
Under whose instances Agricultural census is conducted?
Answer:
Government of India, Ministry of Agriculture and cooperation.

Question 29.
Once in how many years agricultural census is conducted?
Answer:
Once in Five years.

Question 30.
Expand CDP
Answer:
Community Development Programme.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 31.
State one characteristics of slums.
Answer:
Dilapidated and Poor Houses.

Question 32.
State one problems of slums.
Answer:
Lack of public utility service.

Question 33.
State one reason for emergence of slums.
Answer:
Migration of people from village to cities.

Question 34.
What is the slogan of land reforms?
Answer:
Land to the tiller or land to the landless.

2nd PUC Sociology Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India Two Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define Urbanization.
Answer:
Urbanization has been often used to denote the process of population concentration in an urban area. It is the movement of population from rural to urban areas and the resulting increasing proportion of a population that resides in urban rather than rural places.

Question 2.
What is McKinnsey model of development?
Answer:
WorldTrade organization model of Agricultural is Industry driven Agriculture result in Agriculture business development including Information Technology is called MC Kinsey model of Development.

Question 3.
Define slums.
Answer:
“A slum area means any area where such dwellings predominate of dilapidation, overcrowding, faulty arrangement of buildings, narrowness and faulty arrangement of street, lack of ventilation, lack of sanitation facilities, inadequacy of open spaces and community facilities or any combination of these factors, are detrimental to safety, health or morale.”

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Write any two characteristics of Indian villages.
Answer:
Small in Size Importance to Primary Relation.

Question 5.
Write any two major problems of Indian cities.
Answer:
Urban Poverty and Slums.

Question 6.
Mention any two rural development programmes.
Answer:
IRDP and MGNREGA.

Question 7.
What is a slum?
Answer:
“A slum area means any area where such dwellings predominate of dilapidation, overcrowding, faulty arrangement of buildings, narrowness and faulty arrangement of street, lack of ventilation, lack of sanitation facilities, inadequacy of open spaces and community facilities or any combination of these factors, are detrimental to safety, health or morale.”

Question 8.
State any two characteristics of slum.
Answer:
Dilapidated and Poor Houses High Density of Population and Housing,

Question 9.
Define SEZs.
Answer:
SEZ is defined as an earmarked geographical area meant for production of goods and services basically meant for the purpose of export where economic laws are different from the prevailing ones in other parts of the country. Special facilities are provided to the firms operating in SEZs in terms of tax concessions and infrastructural setups as well as regulatory incentives.

Question 10.
Mention any two changes taken place in Indian villages during British rule.
Answer:

  1. The Britishers discontinued the grant to the village fund from village revenue. This affected the developmental activities which were carried out by the village councils panchayats.
  2. The establishment of regular law courts-civil as well as criminal-deprived the village elders of their power and prestige. The village dispute that could have been solved easily was taken to the courts in the town.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 11.
Mention any two importance of village studies.
Answer:

  1. Field work is an Antidote to Book View
  2. Calculated Opposition to Change

Question 12.
State the cause for farmer’s suicide According to Deshapande and S. Arora.
Answer:

  1. Actors (moneylenders)
  2. Triggers (Increasing cost of outputs).

Question 13.
Which stressors are responsible for farmers suicide?
Answer:
Heary borrowings, and Illness.

Question 14.
Which Triggers are responsible for farmers suicide?
Answer:
Increase in cost of outputs Absence of Risk mitigating.

Question 15.
Define rural development.
Answer:
Rural Development is designed to improve the economic and social well being of rural poor. The concept of Rural Development connotes overall development of rural areas. It is an improvement of the quality of life of rural people.

Question 16.
Mention any two objectives of land reforms.
Answer:

  1. Abolition Intermediaries
  2. Tenancy reforms.

Question 17.
What is Decentralization of Democracy?
Answer:
Panchayath Raj as a real Democratic Political Appartus which bring masses into political participation to establish a genuine political of rural India called Decentralization of Power.

Question 18.
Mention any two functions of village Panchayath.
Answer:
Provision of water supplay and maintenance of minor Irrigation.

Question 19.
Mention the agricultural and its allied activities.
Answer:
Animal Husbandry and Apiculture.

Question 20.
Write any two reasons for the emergence of slums.
Answer:
(a) City life style attracting more people from the rural areas offering greater potential for employment.
(b) Its incapacity to meet the rising demand for housing.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 21.
Write the problems of Industrial Accidents and sickness.
Answer:
Industrial accidents in recent years show the latent facts of industrialization, for example Bhopal Gas disaster is a catastrophe which has no parallel in industrial history. The tragedy claimed between 16,000 – 30,000 lives. On December 2nd 1984 the most tragic industrial disaster occurred in the city of Bhopal by Union Carbide Company (UCC). Methyl isocynate (MIC) a highly toxic gas accidently released from the factory, which affected the millions of people.

2nd PUC Sociology Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India Five Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain the characteristics of Village.
Answer:

  1. Small in Size: Indian villages are small in size. Due to that the density of population is less in Indian villages.
  2. Importance to Primary Relations: Small number of people share a common and Face to face relationships are common in village.
  3. Social Homogeneity: Village is more homogeneous in language, belief, mores and pattern of behavior. In their occupation villagers participate together and share common interests.
  4. Informal Social Control: Individual behavior is controlled by family, traditions, customs, religion, etc.
  5. Agriculture and Its Allied Occupations: Agriculture is the main source pf livelihood. Along with agriculture, animal husbandry, floriculture, fishing, mining and apiculture and cottage industries are the other occupations.
  6. Role of Neighborhood and Simplicity of Life: Neighborhood relation plays important role in social life of village people and simple way of life is common. There is an interdependent neighbourhood relations.
  7. Village Autonomy: Each village is relatively self-sufficient and independent. Charles Metcalfe called “Indian villages as Little Republics”. Recent studies proved that the Indian villages were never self-sufficient and Republic.

Question 2.
Explain the importance of village studies.
Answer:
Importances of village studies are summarized in the following ways:

(1) Field Work is an Antidote to Book View: According to M.N. Srinivas, studies of Indian village communities would be of great significance for planners and administrators. Information provided by a Sociologist, is based on his intensive fieldwork experience and no account of book knowledge can ever be a substitute for this.

M.N.Srinivas undertakes a study on Rampura village near Mysore, with a view to highlight the agricultural practices of the Indian peasant can only be understood in the context of his Technology, level of knowledge, legal and social institutions, religion and way of life. M.N. Srinivas recorded his experience in Rampura village in his work Remembered Village.

(2) Calculated Opposition to Change: Over the last hundred years or more, the peasant has been represented as extremely conservative, pigheaded, ignorant and superstitious. But the Sociological studies do not subscribe to this view. McKim Marriot’s study of Kishan Garhi village in Uttar Pradesh reveals that the peasants had accepted new crops, techniques of cultivation, etc., and had opposed only few changes.

Thus, the headman of Rampura village wanted bull-dozers and electricity, but not a school. Electricity and bull-dozer would get him name and fame, his authority over others becomes stronger, etc. But, a school would make labour scarcer, educated poor people may lose respect they have for the rich and so on.There are key persons in each village thus, who exploit every change to their benefit. If he then opposes the tool or process, it is not because of stupidity but because of his intelligence. Only a field-study of the village community could shed light on aspects which otherwise go unnoticed.

(3) Literary Bias: Literature on caste states that caste is immobile. This is not a fact, through Sanskritization, castes have tried to move up on the local hierarchy. This is also true of the conditions of women. Condition of women prevalent among the upper castes were generalized to include all Hindus. But, the truth is that the women of lower castes are better placed in comparison to women of upper castes.

Observation of Hindu social life has been vitiated by book view and the upper-caste view. Thus, the only solution for this literary bias lies in doing field research. Field-studies suggest something different, from what is found in religious texts. It is clear that the book-view and upper-caste view may be biased and need not be a fact always. Only field research can help us to overcome literary bias and accept facts about village communities.

(4) Recording for Later Evaluation: Prof. Yogesh Atal states that “Roots of the present are always to be found in the past and an analysis of the present would guide the future. Hence, a comparison and evaluation of the impact of planned change at a later date necessarily demands that the present be recorded”.

(5) Development of Analytical Categories: The study of Indian village community has helped in developing certain analytical categories. Field studies conducted in different parts of the country point to the existence of certain processes of change which have been labelled either locally or on an all India basis.

For instance, analytical models like Sariskritization and Westernisation (M.N. Srinivas), Kulinisation (N. Prasad), De- Sanskritization (Majumdar), Universalisation and Parochialisation (McKim Marriot), Great tradition and little tradition (Robert Redfield), etc., have helped in the analysis of transformation that the village communities are undergoing. A. R. Desai’s Rural Sociology in India is an important work in this regard.

(6) Village Studies are Important for Social Reformation: Prof. Ramakrishna Mukherjee’s analysis makes it clear that the village has become the centre of all discussions and debates. Plan, Budget, Administrative strategy, etc., all have become rural area oriented. Thus, planners, economists, administrators, sociologists, reformers and others concentrate on village and are busy collecting data on them. Under the impact of planned and non-directed changes, villages are undergoing transformation. Thus, there is the need for the study of village communities in India.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Describe the social problems of India villages.
Answer:
(a) Illiteracy: Illiteracy is a major social problem in Indian villages. Lack of educational institution and poor quality education coupled with high rate of dropout rate has aggravated the situation. Majority of the educational institutions are suffering from educational infrastructures like adequate buildings, libraries and reading rooms, sports grounds, etc.

There is a great disparity among rural and urban regions of Indian society regarding educational opportunities. Further, basic facilities like drinking water, sanitation facilities, transport and communications facilities are not up to the mark.

(b) Rural Poverty: On the basis of an empirical study in seven districts in Rajasthan in 1996 sponsored by the World Bank has identified the following causes of poverty in rural areas:

  1. Inadequate and ineffective implementation of anti-poverty programmes.
  2. Low percentage of population engaged in non-agricultural pursuits.
  3. Non-availability of irrigational facilities and erratic rainfall.
  4. Dependence on traditional methods of cultivation and inadequate modem skills.
  5. Non-availability of electricity for agriculture.
  6. Poor quality of livestock.
  7. Imperfect and exploited credit market, communication facilities and markets.
  8. Low level of education.
  9. Absence of dynamic community leadership.
  10. Failure to seek women’s cooperation in developmental activities and associating them with planned programmes.
  11. Inter-caste conflicts and rivalries.
  12. Spending a large percentage of annual earnings on social ceremonies like festivals, marriages, death feast, etc., and people being unwilling to discard expensive customs.

(c) Health Problems: About 74% of the doctors are in urban areas. When it is remembered that 70% people are living in villages the extent to which provision of skilled medical is lacking in the. Fertility and Birth rate as well as death rates are very high.

Infant mortality and maternal mortality are also highest. The problems of Malnutrition, the sporadic outbreak of epidemic diseases like Cholera, Malaria, Plague, Dengue and other communicable diseases are quite common. The housing are very much unsanitary while the addiction to alcohol & nicotine drugs makes the state of health condition even worse. Pesticides like Endosulfan also have caused much health hazardous in rural areas.

There are more than 5000 people affected by endosulfan in Uttara Kannada District alone. At the sametime soil has been degraded rendering it infertile due to excessive use of chemicals and fertilisers and it affect the not only yield but also health of the agriculturists.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
List out the agricultural and Economic problems of Indian villages.
Answer:

  • Economic and Agricultural Problems
  • Disparities
  • Discriminatory Policies
  • Vulnerability of the Agricultural Sector
  • Increase in cost of cultivation & environmental degradation
  • The deliberate withdrawal of welfare programmes from state
  • Globalization Resultant Competition and Exploitation by Big Capitalists
  • Peculiar Banking Practices and Non-Availability of Loans from Institutional Sources
  • Failure of co-operative sector
  • Problems of marginal farmers
  • Dependency on ground water for irrigation
  • Increase in drought prone areas

Question 5.
Explain the Community Development Programme.
Answer:
The planning commission described the community development programme as the method through which five year plan seeks to initiate a process of transformation of the social and economic life of the villages. The community development programme was inaugurated on October 2, 1952. It is a programme of aided self help to be planned and implemented by the villagers themselves, the government offering only technical guidance and financial assistance. Obj ectives of Community Development Programme The aims of community development programme are as follow;

  1. To solve the problem of unemployment in the villages.
  2. To provide safe drinking water facilities.
  3. To develop the mass communication in the villages.
  4. To improve the centres of primary education, public health and recreation in the villages.
  5. To improve the conditions of Houses.
  6. To encourage cottage industries and indigenous handicrafts.

The maximum possible increase in Agricultural production. The Long Term Objectives of community development programme is to complete planned development of all physical and human resources to provide all villagers with full employment. The goal of community development projects is the development of villages in such a way that the citizens of the country may not lack any thing – get adequate food and that everyone should progress socially, morally and financially.

Question 6.
Write the impact of British rule on Indian village communities.
Answer:
Indian villages in British rule lost much of its internal cohesion, many of the administrative duties were taken up into the hands of the government and its subordinate agencies”. Administration was carried out through bureaucratized officers. There were a number of factors responsible for The important ones are:

1. The Britishers discontinued the grant to the village fund from village revenue. This affected the developmental activities which were carried out by the village councils panchayats.

2. The establishment of regular law courts-civil as well as criminal-deprived the village elders of their power and prestige. The village dispute that could have been solved easily was taken to the courts in the town.

3. Rural-urban migration also contributed in some measure for the decay of village -councils. Absence of sufficient avenues for utilizing best elements in the village itself at the one
end and availability of better opportunity, in the city on the other hand forced many to move toward; cities. .

4. The Britishers introduced new system of revenue collection and land settlement. Zamindari system created gross inequality and also affected the relationship between classes ruining the village community.

5. In spite of this, it must be recognized that, by bringing the village agricultural production within the sphere of Indian and world markets, by making agriculture an organic part of Indian economy, the British rule over India elevated Indian agriculture to the status of a national agriculture. This was a progressive aspect of the British conquest.

Since Indian agriculture became national in character, its problems also assumed national significance. Thus the problems of agriculture and the conditions of the agriculturists all became national problems.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 7.
Explain the causes of rural poverty According to world Bank.
Answer:
On the basis of an empirical study in seven districts in Rajasthan in 1996 sponsored by the World Bank has identified the following causes of poverty in rural areas:

  1. Inadequate and ineffective implementation of anti-poverty programmes.
  2. Low percentage of population engaged in non-agricultural pursuits.
  3. Non-availability of irrigational facilities and erratic rainfall.
  4. Dependence on traditional methods of cultivation and inadequate modem skills.
  5. Non-availability of electricity for agriculture.
  6. Poor quality of livestock.
  7. Imperfect and exploited credit market, communication facilities and markets.
  8. Low level of education.
  9. Absence of dynamic community leadership.
  10. Failure to seek women’s cooperation in developmental activities and associating them with planned programmes.
  11. Inter-caste conflicts and rivalries.
  12. Spending a large percentage of annual earnings on social ceremonies like festivals, marriages, death feast, etc., and people being unwilling to discard expensive customs.

Question 8.
Discuss the Health problem of Indian villages.
Answer:
About 74% of the doctors are in urban areas. When it is remembered that 70% people are living in villages the extent to which provision of skilled medical is lacking in the. Fertility and Birth rate as well as death rates are very high. Infant mortality and maternal mortality are also highest. The problems of Malnutrition, the sporadic outbreak of epidemic diseases like Cholera, Malaria, Plague, Dengue and other communicable diseases are quite common.

The housing are very much unsanitary while the addiction to alcohol & nicotine drugs makes the state of health condition even worse. Pesticides like Endosulfan also have caused much health hazardous in rural areas. There are more than 5000 people affected by endosulfan in Uttara Kannada District alone. At the sametime soil has been degraded rendering it infertile due to excessive use of chemicals and fertilisers and it affect the not only yield but also health of the agriculturists.

Question 9.
Briefly discuss Deshpande and Arora’s Methodological analysis of farmer’s suicide in India.
Answer:
R.S. Deshpande and saroj Arora’s methodically analysed the causes of Farmers suicides are as (1) Events, (2) Stressors, (3) Actors, (4) Triggers

(1) Events: Among the ‘events’, crop loss, failure of a bore well, price crash, daughter’s marriage, family problems and property disputes are included.

(2) Stressors: These become ‘stressors’ (stress creators) when two or more such ‘events’ cluster together: Specifically, illness of the individual or any of the family members, heavy borrowings, continued disputes in the family or land-related problems usually act as ‘stressors’. These become lethal in combination with the ‘events’ but further ignition comes through the ‘actors/catalysts’ and ‘trigger’ incidence.

(3) Actors: Actors/catalysts create a sense of insecurity’ or ‘insult’ to the potential victim. These include the moneylender, banker, spouse, relatives and close friends.

(4) Triggers: On the background of the ‘events’ and ‘stressors’, the ‘actors/catalysts’ fire the final act by forcing an occasion to be the ‘Trigger’ for the unfortunate incident. Given this complex nature of the phenomena it certainly becomes difficult to pinpoint one particular reason for the suicide. Emile Durkheim’s monograph on Suicide indicates growing alienation of individual from the family, society and religion as a factor responsible for suicide. According to Durkheim suicides indicate social disintegration.

Among the reasons cited in various studies associated with suicides, indebtedness is one of the reasons but it is not the only risk factor. Multiple risk factors feed into each other and reinforce each other. In addition to the -weather related uncertainties, the farmer is also faced with market (increasing costs and output price shocks), technology, spurious inputs and credit- related vulnerabilities. In the absence of risk mitigation strategies the farmer is at the receiving end. Under stress some farmers end up committing suicide.

Studies indicate that suicides are occurring in the high and medium growth states and are conspicuously absent in the backward states like BIMARU (Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh). Scholars have articulated ‘High Aspirations’ or the thrust for upward mobility in the absence of public policy support, as a major, causation for suicides in the backward areas of medium growth states.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 10.
Explain the two committees appointed by the Govt of Karnataka to study the Agrarian crisis.
Answer:
(1) Dwarakanatha Committee: The state government appointed a couple of commissions or committees to study the agrarian issues. One commission was popularly known as the Dwarakanath Committee (2000) under the chairmanship of Dwarkanath (Agricultural Scientist), which had studies like ‘Testing Bt. Cotton in Karnataka’, ‘Agricultural Bio -Technology’ and ‘Role of Hybrid Rice’. Interestingly, this commission supported field trials of Bt. Cotton and thereby supported Bio-Technology in Karnataka.

(2) G.K. Veeresh Committee: G. K. Veeresh Committee in 2002. This committee tried to link suicides to psychological and personal reasons. These include

  1. Alcohol, gambling, spend thriftiness (20.35 percent),
  2. Failure of crop (16.81 percent).
  3. Chit funds (15.04 percent).
  4. Family problems (13.27 percent).
  5. Chronic illness (9.73 percent).
  6. Marriage of daughters (5.31 percent).
  7. Political affiliations (4.42 percent).
  8. Property disputes (2.65 percent).
  9. Debt burden (2.65 percent).
  10. Price crash (2.65 percent).
  11. Borrowing beyond paying capacity and House construction and so on (2.65 percent),
  12. Loss in non-agricultural activities (1.77 percent) and finally
  13. Failure of bore wells (0.88 percent).

Question 11.
Briefly discuss the land reform measures.
Answer:
Land to the tiller or land to the landless were the main slogans of land reforms. The productivity in agriculture is mainly dependent on technological and institutional factors. Technological factors are the use of agricultural inputs and methods such as improved seeds, fertilizers, improved plough tractors, harvesters, irrigation etc., which help to increase the productivity.

The institutional reform include the redistribution of land ownership in favour of the cultivating classes so as to provide them a sense of participation in rural life, improving the size of forms, providing security of tenure and regulation of rents etc., Land reforms aim at redistributing ownership holding from the view point of social justice and reorganizing operational holdings from the point of optimum utilization of land i.e. land to the tiller or land to the landless were the main slogans of land reform measures.

Major objectives land reform measures are as follows:

  1. Abolition of Intermediaries
  2. Tenancy reforms and conferment of ownership on them
  3. Ceilings on land holdings
  4. Consolidation of land holdings
  5. Organization of cooperative forms

Land reform had been conceived as the most important instrument of revolutioning agriculture and improving rural areas. Large numbers of tenants or farmers have become the owners. Absentee landlordism is almost eradicated and yet due to lack of implementation the actual results are far from satisfactory.

Question 12.
Define Panchayath Raj and Explain the functions of village Panchayath.
Answer:
Panchayat Raj is as a real democratic political apparatus, which would bring the masses into active political participation to establish a genuine political of rural India. Generally, it is also called as “Decentralization of Democracy”. Since 1959 “Democratic Decentralization has been gradually extended throughout India. After the implementation of the constitution 73rd amendment act 1992. Panchayat Raj has brought politics down to village level. Balawant Rai Mehta committee recommended three Tier Structure of the Panchayat Raj institution. Namely, In brief, we can understand the general functions of panchayat raj.

  1. Village Panchayat – at the village level.
  2. Panchayat Samithi – at Block level and
  3. Zilla Panchayat – at the District level

Functions of Village Panchayat: The functions of Village Panchayat are (a) Provision of water supply (b) Maintenance of minor irrigation (c) School buildings, (d) Family Planning (e) Construction of wells and tanks (f) Promotion of agriculture and animal husbandry, poultry, fisheries, promotion of village and cottage industries providing electric facility. Construction and maintenance of Roads and Bridges, creating awareness regarding primary and secondary Education, maintenance of Public Health, general Sanitation and Welfare of weaker section, maintenance of public properties and regulation and fairs and festivals and promotion of social and cultural activities.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
Explain briefly the IRDP.
Answer:
The Integrated Rural Development Programme is a programme for improving the living standards of the poorest of the poor living in rural areas and making the process of rural development self-sustaining. A large number of rural development programmes had been introduced in different states often creating confusion, problems of administration and effective implementation. Hence, the Government of India decided to replace all these programmes by a single Integrated Programme for the entire country.

It is in this background the Integrated Rural Development Programme [IRDP] was launched in 1978-79. IRDP was a major attempt to attack poverty. The program is based on “the local needs, resources, endowments and potentialities.” Its major objective is to enable selected families to cross the “poverty line” through “a strategy of productive assets and endowment”.

Now a days IRDP, TRYSEM, millions well scheme, etc are relaunched in the Name of Swama Jayanthi Grama Swarozgar Yojana (SGSY) on April 1999 to provide sustainable Income to poor people in Rural Area. This programme aims at providing self – Employment to villagers through the establishment of self Help Groups.

Question 14.
Explain the major Trends of changes in Indian villages.
Answer:
A.R. Desai has identified four major trends of social changes. In Indian villages as follows:
(1) Form to Non-form:

(A) Transformation from Subsistence to Market Economy: The rapid transformation of the agrarian society from the subsistence to a market based, profit oriented and commercialized agriculture. The rise of markets, assisted by the extension of Railways and Roads and the expansion in foreign trade of agricultural commodities transformed the old self-sufficient economy of the village based on barter into a market economy, based on cash.

(B) Transformation Followed by the Introduction of Modern Technology: Introduction of the new technology in the agriculture helped the peasants to attain greater level of self-sufficiency. Improved ploughing materials, hybrid seeds, chemicals and fertilizers, tractors, tillers, trucks, threshers, spraying machines and other modem equipments were introduced to the agrarian society as a result of technology. The green revolution and white revolution have added to the radical increase in the output. India has attained self-sufficiency in food production and dairy products.

(C) Transformation by Abolition of Intermediaries: The advent of Independence with a new promise and hope, the acceleration of economic and social reform measures, resulting in the abolition of the intermediaries consisting of the Zamindars brought about a structural change in the agricultural economy. The protection of the tenants and labourers, the political enfranchisement of the vast population under adult suffrage, have all widened the horizon of economic standards in the village.

(D) Emergence of Various Associations and Institutions: Emergence of a complex network of various associations and institutions within the agrarian society having close links with urban and wide network influences, for example, Co-operative Societies, political parties, peasant associations, youth organizations and educational institutions and panchayt raj institutions etc., Induce social changes.

Governmental agencies have attempted to encourage the growth of a new social organization in the village. The democratic measures, legislations, rural development programs have impact on social, economic, and political life of villagers. Apartment of the above changes we can also see following changes.

(2) Migration from villages to Cities: One consequence of these disparities is the growing migration from core areas to richer ones. For example Labourers from Orissa come to work on coffee plantations in the Coorg, district of Karnataka.

(3) Special Economic Zone (SEZ): SEZ is defined as an earmarked geographical area meant for production of goods and services basically meant for the purpose of export where economic laws are different from the prevailing ones in other parts of the country. Special facilities are provided to the firms operating in SEZs in terms of tax concessions and infrastructural setups as well as regulatory incentives.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 15.
Mention the reason for emergence of slums.
Answer:
It is in slums that poor people like industrial workers, casual labourers, hawkers, petty shopkeepers, vegetable-sellers and several others offering useful services to the city find a place to stay. The National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi, has recorded that the emergence of slums is essentially the product of three forces:

  1. City lifestyle attracting more people from the rural areas offering greater potential for employment.
  2. Its incapacity to meet the rising demand for housing,
  3. The existing urban land policies, which prohibit the access of the poor to the urban land market.

It is further observed that the urban poor are left with no choice but to make or take shelter illegally on any available piece of land. Sometimes a slum is the consequence of blight in the old parts of the city. At times, a slum is inherited in the form of an old village or a haphazardly growing locality within the extended territorial limits of a town. .

Question 16.
Suggest measures to solve urban problems.
Answer: Solutions to Urban Problems

  1. Systematic development of cities and creation of job opportunities, which can permit multifunctional activities to sustain people in cities.
  2. To check migration, regional planning to provide employment at their native places is essential.
  3. Encouraging industries to move to backward areas. This will take care of linear development of metropolitan and big cities and also there will not be regional imbalance.
  4. Municipalities should find their own financial resources. A city must bear the cost of its own development.
  5. Encouraging private transportation facilities in view of the better services.
  6. Adopting pragmatic housing policies and encouragement to private investment, use of new and advanced technologies. Building of low cost houses, promotion of cooperative housing societies etc., it has to develop special schemes for the poor and low income people. Structural decentralization of municipal activities and community participation in the city activities. Modified and controlled liberalization, accountable bureaucrats and responsible elected body must work for the sake of area in the honest manner.

Question 17.
Explain the Agricultural panchasutras.
Answer:
The philosophy of the present Agricultural Policy lies in the concept of ‘Pancha Sutra’ that was announced by the State in its budget 2006 – 07 for accelerated growth in agriculture. The five components of Sutra are:

  1. To protect and improve soil health.
  2. Conservation of natural resources, with special emphasis on water and micro irrigation.
  3. Timely availability of credit and other inputs to the farmers.
  4. Integrate post harvest processing with the production process, and
  5. Reducing the distance between ‘Lab to Land’ in transfer of technology.

Agricultural census is conducted in all the States and Union Territories in the Country, at the instance of Ministry of Agriculture and Co-operation, Government of India. It is a quinquennial census conducted once in five years since its inception in 1970-71. So far, Nine Agricultural Censuses have been conducted, the latest being the 2010-11 census.

Question 18.
Explain the importance of MGNAREGA.
Answer:
The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act 2005 at enhancing the livelihood security of people in rural areas by guarantee of 100 days of wage employment. The work should be provided within 5 kms. of the village at minimum wage rate. It is the obligation of the government to provide work as stipulated days failing which government has to pay unemployment allowance within 15 days. Along with community participation, the MGNREA is to be implemented mainly by the Gram Panchayaths (GPs).

It guarantees generating productive assets, protecting the environment, empowering rural women, reducing rural-urban migration and fostering social equity among others. Under this programme, all permissible works like water conservation, water harvesting, drought proofing, afforestation, irrigation works, restoration of traditional water bodies, land development, flood control, rural connectivity and works notified by the government included.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Change and Development of Villages and Urbanisation in India Ten Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain Agrarian Crisis and Formers’ Suicide in Karnataka.
Answer:
R. S. Deshpande and Saroja Arora’s work “Agrarian Crisis and Farmer Suicides” is a field work based study. It was conducted by Center for Rural Studies, Lai Bahadur Shastri National Academy and Administration Mussoori in 2007. This volume deals with the problems of farmer’s suicide across the state. Agrarian crisis in Karnataka can be understood in the following way.

The Indian acknowledges the fact that between 1993 and 2003, 100,248 farmers committed suicide in India. Suicide is not confined to Karnataka alone. It has been reported among the sugarcane growers of UP, cotton growers of Andhra Pradesh and spice/coffee growers of Kerala. It has been reported from Orissa and West Bengal as well.

Karnataka has no history of farmers committing suicide even during the situation of acute agrarian crisis. Even the unorganised farmers would resort to other tactics such as throwing agricultural commodities on the roads, burning their crops and so on. However, suicide was an attempt to retain the identity as a distinct social category within the larger economy.

In this context, the report of the Agricultural Department, Government of Karnataka is important,, between 2003 and 2012 a total of2909 farmers committed suicide. On the contrary, the Central Government claimed that from 2000-01 to 2005-06, around 8600 farmers committed suicide which is the highest figure when compared to any other state in fact Maharashtra is relegated to third position in the suicide rate. However if we calculate the statistics provided by the Veeresh Committee report, including Other .press reports one can estimate the number of suicides is more than 5000.

Region-wise the highest suicide rate was reported from the Old Mysore areas, followed by the Old Bombay Presidency areas and the Old Hyderabad region. The Old Madras Presidency area, as well as Coorg also reported suicides, however their number is less. In fact, Old Mysore and Old Bombay Presidency areas are better known for irrigation. Most of those who committed suicide lived near the tail end of the canal.

The beginning of the suicides can be traced back to the year 1998, when farmers in Bidar, who were involved in cultivating toordal, a market oriented agricultural crop committed suicide. In the two years, farmer suicides were largely concentrated in the drought-prone districts of north Karnataka, or confined to economically backward, drought-prone regions such as Gulbarga and Bidar. However, after 2000, the phenomenon shifted to relatively advanced agricultural regions, particularly Mandya, Hassan, Shimoga, Davanagere, Koppal and even Chikamagalur and Kodagu.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Explain the importance of Village Studies.
Answer:
Importances of village studies are summarized in the following ways:

(1) Field Work is an Antidote to Book View: According to M.N. Srinivas, studies of Indian village communities would be of great significance for planners and administrators. Information provided by a Sociologist, is based on his intensive fieldwork experience and no account of book knowledge can ever be a substitute for this M.N.Srinivas undertakes a study on Rampura village near Mysore, with a view to highlight the agricultural practices of the Indian peasant can only be understood in the context of his Technology, level of knowledge, legal and social institutions, religion and way of life. M.N. Srinivas recorded his experience in Rampura village in his work Remembered Village.

(2) Calculated Opposition to Change: Over the last hundred years or more, the peasant has been represented as extremely conservative, pigheaded, ignorant and superstitious. But the Sociological studies do not subscribe to this view. McKim Marriot’s study of Kishan Garhi village in Uttar Pradesh reveals that the peasants had accepted new crops, techniques of cultivation, etc., and had opposed only few changes.

Thus, the headman of Rampura village wanted bull-dozers and electricity, but not a school. Electricity and bull-dozer would get him name and fame, his authority over others becomes stronger, etc. But, a school would make labour scarcer, educated poor people may lose respect they have for the rich and so on.

There are key persons in each village thus, who exploit every change to their benefit. If he then opposes’the tool or process, it is not because of stupidity but because of his intelligence. Only a field-study of the village community could shed light on aspects which otherwise go unnoticed.

(3) Literary Bias: Literature on caste states that caste is immobile. This is not a fact, through Sanskritization, castes have tried to move up on the local hierarchy. This is also true of the conditions of women. Condition of women prevalent among the upper castes were generalized to include all Hindus. But, the truth is that the women of lower castes are better placed in comparison to women of upper castes.

Observation of Hindu social life has been vitiated by book view and the upper-caste view. Thus, the only solution for this literary bias lies in doing field research. Field-studies suggest something different, from what is found in religious texts. It is clear that the book-view and upper-caste view may be biased and need not be a fact always. Only field research can help us to overcome literary bias and accept facts about village communities.

(4) Recording for Later Evaluation: Prof. Yogesh Atal states that “Roots of the present are always to be found in the past and an analysis of the present would guide the future. Hence, a comparison and evaluation of the impact of planned change at a later date necessarily demands that the present be recorded”.

(5) Development of Analytical Categories: The study of Indian village community has helped in developing certain analytical categories. Field studies conducted in different parts of the country point to the existence of certain processes of change which have been labelled either locally or on an all India basis.

For instance, analytical models like Sariskritization and Westernisation (M.N. Srinivas), Kulinisation (N. Prasad), De- Sanskritization (Majumdar), Universalisation and Parochialisation (McKim Marriot), Great tradition and little tradition (Robert Redfield), etc., have helped in the analysis of transformation that the village communities are undergoing. A. R. Desai’s Rural Sociology in India is an important work in this regard.

(6) Village Studies are Important for Social Reformation: Prof. Ramakrishna Mukherjee’s analysis makes it clear that the village has become the centre of all discussions and debates. Plan, Budget, Administrative strategy, etc., all have become rural area oriented. Thus, planners, economists, administrators, sociologists, reformers and others concentrate on village and are busy collecting data on them. Under the impact of planned and non-directed changes, villages are undergoing transformation. Thus, there is the need for the study of village communities in India.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Explain the Agricultural and Economic problems of Indian villages.
Answer:
Following are the important economic and agricultural problems.

(i) Desparities: Economic growth in contemporary India is marked by considerable disparities of region and class. The Nobel-prize-winning economist Amartya Sen worries that, “as these inequalities intensify, one half of India will come to look and live like California, the other half like sub-Saharan Africa.” Already, prosperity co-exists with misery, technological sophistication with human degradation.

(ii) Discriminatory Policies: Farmers as a group today feel let down by the policies of the State that puts them relatively in a disadvantageous position. This is made abundantly clear by many analysts in the recent past. In other words, it is not that the state is discriminatory against the farmers as a group, but the policies are sufficiently provocative in widening the gap between the net incomes of farmers and agricultural labourers on the one hand and the remaining professions on the other.

During the decade of the 1990s the situation became aggravated, both due to policy failure and the successive droughts at the end the prices did not pick up even in the event of low production. This was compounded by the economic reforms which took the agricultural sector for granted.

(iii) Vulnerability of the Agricultural Sector: The agricultural sector operates under a large number of constraints. State policies dictate prices of most of the factors of production required for agriculture: electricity, water, fertilisers, pesticides and minimum wages. The credit market operations are largely dictated by the credit policy of the reserve bank, as well as the difficulties in access to credit. Difficulties in accessing institutional credit compel the farmers to approach moneylenders and a new emerging institution; namely the input dealer.

Weather uncertainties, availability of irrigation water and inputs like fertilisers and pesticides are a cause of concern. These are compounded by product market imperfections and the price fluctuations that the farmer faces. The process of globalisation intensified some of these concerns, both because of the prominence of trade and the resulting commercialisation process in the agricultural sector.

(iv) Increase in Cost of Cultivation and Environmental Degradation: Increasing cost of cultivation and environmental degradation on one side due to significant increase in the input prices, technology and un-protected farming based on the monsoon on the other makes the farmers hopelessly vulnerable. Farmers also face high transaction costs and low bargaining power, which leave them with poor returns. The ecological crisis in the rural regions where declining water tables, loss of agricultural bio-diversity and the onset of a range of plant diseases and pests have become a challenge to the conduct of agriculture.

(v) The Deliberate Withdrawal of Welfare Programmes from State: The deliberate withdrawal of the state from its welfare role for the farmers and agriculture labourers contributed to the accentuation of the agrarian crisis. The capitalist agriculture in India could thrive because of the proactive role of the state in providing infrastructure, irrigation and credit through institutional agencies.

The gradual reduction in the state investment in agriculture was also instrumental in the decline in agricultural productivity and production. The partial withdrawal of subsidy given to the farmers or to agriculture. The power given free to agriculture was withdrawn and also the fact that it increased the power tariff drastically.

(vi) Globalization Resultant Competition and Exploitation by Big Corporates: The agrarian crisis is due to adoption of World Trade Organization model of agriculture or what is called McKinsey Model of development that created spaces for industry-driven agriculture which ultimately resulted in agri-business development including Information Technology. This model of development has not only exacerbated the crisis leading to an environmental catastrophe but also destroyed millions of rural livelihoods.

(vii) Peculiar Banking Practices and Non-Availability of Loans from Institutional Sources: NABARD (National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development) refinances the cooperative banking institutions and therefore imposes certain conditions for delivery and recovery of the credit. ‘Eligibility’ is probably the most important concept in dictating the performance of the sector.

A branch of a cooperative bank is categorized as eligible/ non-eligible based on the repayment performance and naturally the Primary Credit Cooperative Societies in the underdeveloped regions have lower repayment performance. As a consequence over the years, these societies, do not get adequate supply of credit and therefore, farmers from these regions have to depend upon the other informal sources of credit.

(viii) The Failure of the Co-operative Sector: The Cooperative sector could have helped the farmers in overcoming their debts. The Karnataka government failed to make the cooperative movement a success. For instance, in Karnataka, there are 32,382 cooperative societies at the village level, almost 40 percent of them are running heavy losses while nearly 20 percent of them are either defunct or at the verge of Bankrupt.

(ix) Dependence on Ground Water for Irrigation: Irrigation is another major source for agricultural growth. The actual area under canal and tank irrigation has been declining since the 1990’s. On the other hand, there is a phenomenal increase in the dependencey on the ground water resources through the wells and bore wells. Its aptly noted that the unstable growth of borewells combined with mansoon failure and decline in surface irrigated area that led to drying up of borewells due to inadequate recharge.

(x) Rise in Drought prove Areas: Drought prone Areas in India is rising. Rajasthan, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, and Maharastra are condisered as the major drought prone states. Karnataka ranked second in the drought prone areas. It has increased from 63% to 72 percent owing to erratic monsoon and lack of drought proofing methods.

12, 123 taluk in 23 districts were declared as drought hit. A total of 157 taluks and 64 taluks were declared dorught hit in 2012-13 and 2013-14 respectively according to NABARD.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Discuss the methodological analysis of farmer’s suicide in India.
Answer:
R.S. Deshpande and saroj Arora’s methodically analysed the causes of Farmers suicides are as (1) Events, (2) Stressors, (3) Actors, (4) Triggers.

(1) Events: Among the ‘events’, crop loss, failure of a bore well, price crash, daughter’s marriage, family problems and property disputes are included.

(2) Stressors: These become ‘stressors’ (stress creators) when two or more such ‘events’ cluster together: Specifically, illness of the individual or any of the family members, heavy borrowings, continued disputes in the family or land-related problems usually act as ‘stressors’. These become lethal in combination with the ‘events’ but further ignition comes through the ‘actors/catalysts’ and ‘trigger’ incidence.

(3) Actors: Actors/catalysts create a sense of‘insecurity’ or ‘insult’ to the potential victim. These include the moneylender, banker, spouse, relatives and close friends.

(4) Triggers: On the background of the ‘events’ and ‘stressors’, the ‘actors/catalysts’ fire the final act by forcing an occasion to be the ‘Trigger’ for the un-fortunate incident. Given this complex nature of the phenomena it certainly becomes difficult to pinpoint one particular reason for the suicide. Emile Durkheim’s monograph on Suicide indicates growing alienation of individual from the family, society and religion as a factor responsible for suicide. According to Durkheim suicides indicate social disintegration.

Among the reasons cited in various studies associated with suicides, indebtedness is one of the reasons but it is not the only risk factor. Multiple risk factors feed into each other and reinforce each other. In addition to the -weather related uncertainties, the farmer is also faced with market (increasing costs and output price shocks), technology, spurious inputs and credit- related vulnerabilities. In the absence of risk mitigation strategies the farmer is at the receiving end. Under stress some farmers end up committing suicide.

Studies indicate that suicides are occurring in the high and medium growth states and are conspicuously absent in the backward states like BIMARU (Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh). Scholars have articulated ‘High Aspirations’ or the thrust for upward mobility in the absence of public policy support, as a major, causation for suicides in the backward areas of medium growth states.

Question 5.
Write the recent policy initiatives in mitigate farmer’s Suicide.
Answer:
(1) Loan Waivers and Relief: In 2008 Government of Karnataka 2007-08, the government waived the principal amount of outstanding loan to all farmers up to Rs 25,000 and waived the interest to those who have borrowed above Rs 25,000, if they pay the principal amount before 31 March 2008.

(2) Exorbitant Interest Rate Act-2004: The Government of Karnataka has enacted the Karnataka Prohibition of Levying of Exorbitant Rates of Interest Act, 2004, to check levying exorbitant rates of interest by private money lenders. It has provisions for taking stringent action against those money lenders who violate the Money Lenders Act and . levy exorbitant interest. Any such violation would attract imprisonment up to three years and a fine of Rs 30,000 or both.

G.K. Veeresh Committee came out with a series of recommendations such as i) the creation of farmer’s welfare fund, ii) establishment of nodal department for the welfare of farmers, iii) social security measures and so on.Following this, the Government of Karnataka had taken a series of steps in order to meet the distress, in consultation with the members of the Committee. These are listed below:

(A) Health Insurance Scheme for the farmers, namely Yeshaswini was put in place and the farmers had direct access to the best medical facilities available in the State-run hospitals. This has significantly reduced the expenditure of farmers on health. This has been introduced throughout the rural region of Karnataka in 2000 for a premium payment of Rs 120 per year per family. Participants are covered for all surgical interventions and for outpatient services at any of the designated network hospitals.

(B) The interest rates on loans from Cooperative banks were reduced to six percent per annum Reduction of the Intrest rate reduced to four percent per annum in the 2007¬08. This longs significantly helped the farmers.

(C) Review of compensation policy to the family of the victims (who have committed suicide) was thoroughly reviewed and compensation was allowed only in the case where suicide was directly related to the farming activities.

(D) Information Facility to Rayat Samparka Kendras were provided internet access and telephone facilities so that the initial signals of distress were transmitted directly to the state headquarters. Similarly, in the extension wing of the Department of Agriculture Telephone links were established to reach the concerned official with ease.

(E) Crop Insurance crop Insurance was taken up to Hobli level and compensation provided to the farmers based on the Hobli level data.

(F) Scheme on Seed Subsidy was announced and farmers were provided seeds with a subsidy up to 50 percent.

(G) Waters led development programme The Investment on Watershed Development Programmes was increased tenfold and that created increased employment opportunities in the rain-fed areas.

(H) The Market Intervention Scheme This Scheme was reviewed and the corpus fund for the scheme was increased to Rs Three Billion. Similarly, the market intervention scheme was made operational at the regulated market yard.

(I) Priority to agricultural Research. Agricultural Universities were directed to focus on research and development responding to the demand, rather than providing the ‘supply driven’ research priorities.

KSEEB Solutions
Question 6.
Define urbanization and explain the Historical Background of urbanization in India.
Answer:
Generally a city is a Human settlement of Non-Agricultural Hetrogenous and based on secondary relations.

1. According Louis Worth has said “a city may be defined as a relatively large, dense, and permanent settlement of socially heterogeneous population”.

2. George – A Theodorson has defined urban community as a community with a high population density, a predominance of non-agricultural occupation, a high degree of specialization resulting in a complex division of labour and a formalized system of local government. It is also characterized by the prevalence of impersonal secondary relations and dependence on formal social controls.

Indian people had built up a city civilization (Indus Valley Civilization) nearly 5000 years back. Harappa and Mohenjodaro were the then famous cities. The layout of the cities, the regular planning of the streets, the uniformity in weights and measures, all indicate that there must have been a strong centralized state.

At the time of Maghadas and Vedic period Ayodhya, kashi, Pataliputra and Indraprastha were famous educational and religious cities. During the Buddist time famous cities like Nalanda, Takshashila, Kashi, Kausambi, Mithila and other were flourished. The great temple cities of Ayodhya, Mathura, Hardwar, Dwaraka, Kashi, Prayag, Puri, Kanchi and Madurai were very ancient.

In Medieval India cities of Agra, Delhi, Fatherfursikri, Luknow, Hyderabad, Bijapur, Srirangapatna, Mysore, Bangalore, Ahamadabad etc. were built. In British rule, metropolitan port cities of Calcutta, Bombay and Madras. In post independence post period new cities like Chandigarh, Bhuvaneswar, Gandhinagar, Durgapur, Nyiveli etc., have been built. Some industrial cities like Rurekela, Bhilai, Durgapur, Chitaranjan, Roopanarayanapura, Bhadravathi, Vishakapatana, Sindi etc., have been evolved. Increasing economic, social, political and educational advancement have changed towns into cities and metropolitan cities have growing as cosmopolitan cities.

In India, places with less than 1,00,000 population are referred to as “Towns”, while places with 1,00,000 or more population are referred as “Cities”. Urban centres with more than one million population are categorized as Metropolitan cities. In India, Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, Delhi, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Pune, Ahamabad, Lucknow, are some of the Metropolitan Cities. According to 2011 census 31.8 percent of Indian population lives in urban areas.

Question 7.
Explain in brief the problems of Indian cities.
Answer:
Problems of Indian cities can be classified into following ways:

1. Urban Poverty: Urban poverty is the by product of industrialization and urbanization. Poverty and overcrowding are the two most visible features of Indian cities. About half of the urbanites are poor and lives in substandard of life, because of cost of living, lack of regular income, low wages, pro-rich economic policies and inflation, etc.

India has issued its first-ever report on the nature and dynamics of urban poverty in the country undertaken with the support of the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), India: Urban Poverty Report 2009 which identifies the problems faced by the . poor and focuses on the systematic changes that are needed to address them.

The report examines various issues related to urban poverty, such as migration, labour, the role of gender, access to basic services and the appalling condition of India’s slums. It also looks at the dynamics of urban land and capital market, urban governance, and the marginalisation of the poor to the urban periphery.

2. Slums: The magnitude of the problem of slums is alarming. The Government of India, Inorder to implementation of various schemes to urban development, has defined a slum area as follows: “A slum area means any area where such dwellings predominate of dilapidation, overcrowding, faulty arrangement of buildings, narrowness and faulty arrangement of street, lack of ventilation, lack of sanitation facilities, inadequacy of open spaces and community facilities or any combination of these factors, are detrimental to safety, health or morale.” These slum areas are also referred to as the ‘Blighted area’; ‘Renewal area’; ‘deteriorated area’, ‘Gray area’; ‘Lower class neighbourhood’; ‘Lower income area’, etc.

3. Problem of Urban Housing: The bulk of the people in the Indian cities live in one-room or in thatched huts in the sprawling slums or on the pavements. Another sad feature is total lack of essential municipal services like water supply, drainage, sewage, lighting, roads, etc. Further, large proportion of the rural migrants have been bringing with them unskilled persons who take up unskilled jobs in the services, trade, industries, etc.

Further the room has generally to meet all the requirements of the family including cooking, living, sleeping, confinement, it is difficult to keep it reasonably clean and sanitary washing and bathing facilities. The inconvenience they have to undergo is aggravated during the rainy days.

Almost all the above mentioned conditions are found in chawals of Bombay, ahatas of Kanpur, Bastis of Calcutta, Cheris of Madras as well as in Dhowrahas of the mining centres and barracks of the plantations in India. These are made of brick walls and iron roof or the huts consisting of bamboo walls and thatched roofs. The lanes are too narrow and the huts re built back to back. These lack the facilities like bathing, washing and toilets, etc.

4. Sanitation and Pollution: It is accompanied with corrupt municipal administration and inefficiency. According to UNICEF, lakhs of urban children in India die or suffer from diarrhea, diphtheria, tetanus and measles etc.,

5. Transportation and Traffic: Transportation and traffic picture in Indian cities is troublesome. Majority of people use buses and other vehicles, while a few use rails as transport system. The increasing number of two wheelers and other types of vehicles make the traffic problem worse.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Define slums, explain the characteristics of slums.
Answer:
Slums: The magnitude of the problem of slums is alarming. The Government of India, Inorder to implementation of various schemes to urban development, has defined a slum area as follows: “A slum area means any area where such dwellings predominate of dilapidation, overcrowding, faulty arrangement of buildings, narrowness and faulty arrangement of street, lack of ventilation, lack of sanitation facilities, inadequacy of open spaces and community facilities or any combination of these factors, are detrimental to safety, health or morale.” These slum areas are also referred to as the ‘Blighted area’; ‘Renewal area’; ‘deteriorated area’, ‘Gray area’; ‘Lower class neighbourhood’; ‘Lower income area’, etc.

It is in slums that poor people like industrial workers, casual labourers, hawkers, petty shopkeepers, vegetable-sellers and several others offering useful services to the city find a place to stay. The National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi, has recorded that the emergence of slums is essentially the product of three forces:

  1. City lifestyle attracting more people from the rural areas offering greater potential for employment;
  2. Its incapacity to meet the rising demand for housing,
  3. The existing urban land policies, which prohibit the access of the poor to the urban land market.

It is further observed that the urban poor are left with no choice but to make or take shelter illegally on any available piece of land. Sometimes a slum is the consequence of blight in the old parts of the city. At times, a slum is inherited in the form of an old village or a haphazardly growing locality within the extended territorial limits of a town. Characteristics of Slums: The physical aspects and general conditions of the slums are by and large the same everywhere. The foremost characteristics of slums can be briefly enumerated in the following manner.

1. Dilapidated and Poor Houses: Slums are made of poor design and scrap materials. These are often raised on unauthorized land.

2. High Density of Population and Housing: It leads to over-crowding and congestion; one room is often used for all practical purposes of domesting living. In Bombay and in many other big cities, it can be seen that in the slum areas one room tenement with 100 sq.f. to 150 sq.f. of space is occupied by more than 10 persons.

3. Lack of Public Utilities and Facilities: Lack of drainage, sanitation, water, electricity, health centers, sanitation and public parks, etc., are widely observable characteristic of slums.

4. Apathy and Social Isolation: Though the slum-dwellers are functionally integrated to the city life, apathy and social isolation characterize a slum. Under these circumstances, the slum-dwellers find it almost impossible to improve these conditions through their own efforts.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 4 Family in India

Karnataka 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 4 Family in India

You can Download Chapter 4 Family in India Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

2nd PUC Sociology Family in India One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Who called the Indian joint family as a “Greater Home”?
Answer:
Henry Maine.

Question 2.
Mention one advantage of joint family.
Answer:
Protection to Members.

Question 3.
Mention one disadvantage of joint family.
Answer:
Promotes Idleness.

Question 4.
What is IUam?
Answer:
Patriarchical Joint Family ofNambudris Brahmina.

Question 5.
What is Tarawad?
Answer:
Matriarchal Joint Family of Nairs of Kerala.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Who is Karnavan?
Answer:
Senior male member of Tarawad.

Question 7.
State one chang of joint family.
Answer:
Changes in the size of the joint family.

Question 8.
Who is the author of the book ‘Kinship Organization in India?
Answer:
Iravathi Karve.

Question 9.
Who is the author of the book ‘Marriage and Family in India?
Answer:
K.M. Kapadia.

Question 10.
Who wrote some Aspects of family in Mahuva?
Answer:
I.P Desai.

Question 11.
Which is the main occupation of Narasinganarar family?
Answer:
Agriculture.

Question 12.
Who called Indian Joint family as a co-operative Institution and Joint stock company?
Answer:
‘O’malley.

2nd PUC Sociology Family in India Two Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define joint family.
Answer:
Joint family: Iravati Karve (Kinship Organization in India) “A joint family is a group of people who generally live under one roof, who eat food cooked at one hearth, who hold property in common, participate in common family worship and are related to each other as some particular type of kindred”.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Mention any two characteristics of joint family.
Answer:
Depth of Generations and Common Roof.

Question 3.
Mention any two advantages of joint family.
Answer:
Protection to members and Provides Recreation.

Question 4.
Mention any two disadvantages of joint family.
Answer:
Promotes Idleness and Encourages litigation.

Question 5.
Mention two types of joint family.
Answer:
Matriarchical and Patriarchical Joint Family.

Question 6.
Mention any two causes for changes in joint family.
Answer:
Education and Industrialization.

Question 7.
State the Iravathi Kervey’s definition of Joint family?
Answer:
Joint family: Iravati Karve (Kinship Organization in India) “A joint family is a group of people who generally live under one roof, who eat food cooked at one hearth, who hold property in common, participate in common family worship and are related to each other as some particular type of kindred”.

Question 8.
Write any two legislations which affect the Indian family?
Answer:
Hindu Marriage Act of 1955 Domestic Violence Act of 2005

Question 9.
On what basis IP. Desai classified families in India.
Answer:
Joistness interim of religion occupational relation degree, Intensity and orientation regarding functions and obligation. ,

Question 10.
What is joint family?
Answer:
Joint family: Iravati Karve (Kinship Organization in India) “A joint family is a group of people who generally live under one roof, who eat food cooked at one hearth, who hold property in common, participate in common family worship and are related to each other as some particular type of kindred”.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Family in India Five Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain any five characteristics of joint family.
Answer:
(1) Depth of Generations: Joint family consists of people of three or more generations including grandparents, parents and children. Sometimes, other kins such as uncles, aunts, cousins and great grandsons also live in a joint family.

(2) Common Roof: Henry Maine called the joint family a ‘Greater Home’. Members of the joint family normally reside together under the same roof. It is a place to uphold the family Heritage. It is a place for Socio, Economic, Religious, Entertainment etc. Due to the scarcity of accommodation members of the joint family may reside separately. Still, they try to retain regular contacts and the feeling of belonging to the same family. They have emotional and economic links with the original family.

(3) Common Kitchen: Members eat the food prepared jointly at the common kitchen. Normally, the eldest female member of the family (the wife of the Karta) supervises the work at the kitchen. Rest of the female members engaged in different kitchen work. A single kitchen under a common roof is a unique element of joint family.

(4) Common Worship: Joint family derives its strength from religion. Hence, it is associated with various religious rituals and practices. Every family may have its own deity of ‘Kula devata’ and its own religious tradition. Members of the family take part in common worship, rites and ceremonies. At least once a year they join other members to take part in the festivals, feasting, marriage ceremonies and so on.

(5) Common Property: The members hold a common property. As O’ Malley writes: “The joint family is a co-operative institution similar to a joint stock company in which there is a joint property”. The total earnings of the members are pooled into a common purse of the family and family expenses are met with out of that.

(6) Exercise of Authority: In the patriarchal joint family usually the eldest male member known as ‘Karta’ exerscises authority. The super-ordination of the eldest member and the subordination of all the other members to him is a keynote of the joint family. His commands are normally obeyed by others. Karta ruled his family by love and affection. Similarly, in the matriarchal joint family the eldest female (matriarch) member exercises the su-preme authority.

(7) Arranged Marriages: In the joint family, the elders consider it as their privilege to arrange the marriages of the members. The individual’s right to select his/her life-partner is undermined. The younger members rarely challenge their decisions and arrangements. But now-a-days selecting a life partner to a family member is more of democratic in nature.

(8) Identification with Mutual Rights and Obligations towards the Family: Every member has his own duties and obligations towards the family. The family in turn, protects the interests and promotes the welfare of all. The senior members of the family act as the guide for junior members.

(9) Self-Sufficiency: Joint family is relatively self-sufficient. It used to meet the economic, recreational, medical, educational and other needs of the members. No type of family is self-reliant that way today.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Describe the advantages of joint family.
Answer:

  1. Economic Advantage: Joint family prevents property being divided, subdivision and fragmentation. Cooperation of all the members supports the economic activities. It is the best pattern of living that is most conducive to the growth.
  2. Protection of Members: Joint family protects their members during childhood, adult and old age. It is capable of providing assistance at the time of pregnancy, sickness, death and other situations.
  3. Provides Recreation: Joint family provides recreation to its members. Similarly in a joint family the children play together. As a result there grows the feeling of oneness.
  4. Development of Personality: Joint family helps a person to build his/her own personality. They learn the lessons of generosity, patience, service, cooperation and obedience. Here a sense of sacrifice replaces selfishness. As such the disciplines in a joint family are self- imposed on its members.
  5. Socialism in Nature: Joint family is like a Cooperative Trust and in joint family each member works according to his capability and gets according to his need. In this sense to a larger extent achieves the socialistic order. The joint kitchen, naturally, runs on an understanding of mutual adjustment. Naturally those who are benefitted by the generosity of others remain obliged and grateful.

Question 3.
Explain any five disadvantages of joint family.
Answer:

  1. Promotes Idleness: Joint family is the home for idlers and drovers as the non-earning members do not want to earn their livelihood. In the joint family it happens that some people have to exhaust themselves while the others lead a life of utter lethargy.
  2. Hindrance to the Development of Personality: In joint family there is a very little opportunity for the fostering of individual autonomy or self dependence.
  3. Encourages Litigation and Nepotism: The joint family may encourage litigation at the time of partition of common property; generally disputed crop up peaceful life is disturbed by such litigation, quarrels and conflicts. It is that joint family .systems are the root cause of Nepotism and discrimination of The Head of the family (Karta).
  4. Unfavourable for Savings and Investments: It is not favourable to accumulation of capital. When one has to share one’s income with large family,, it is not possible to save much. Joint family has to spend large amount of money on marriage and other uneconomic activities leads to unfavorable for Investment.
  5. Hinders Social Mobility and Low Status of Women: Joint family damages individual initiative and enterprise and it does not provide proper opportunity for the members to develop their talents. Any new enterprise or adventure on the part of the young people is discouraged by the head of the family.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Write a note on Tarwad.
Answer:
Tarawads were matrilineal institutions. Fathers had no significant properties separate from their own Tarawads to give their children, and fathers held no special claims over their children. The Tarawad institutions included family, household, and lands maintained a status and a life beyond any individual. Material support for the household was drawn from the inseparable lands of the Tarawad.

Properties of Tarawad were managed by a senior male called a ‘Karanavan’. The karanavan as the head of a large extended family. The internal management of the affairs of the tarawad were in fact directed by a senior female – a mother, aunt, or grandmother of all sharing the wealth and status of the Tarawad. Both males and females had a whole-life security within their mother’s tarawads; fathers visited only on occasion.

The kamavan is an absolute ruler of the family. On his death the next senior male member becomes kamavan. He can invest money in his own name, can mortgage property, can give money on loan, can give land as gift and is not accountable to any member in respect of income and expenditure. When Tarwad becomes too large, it is divided into Tavashis. ATavashis in relation to a woman is “a group of persons consisting of a female, her children and all descendents in the matrilineal.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Explain the causes for changes in joint family.
Answer:
1. Industrialization: With the establishment of factories in many places of the country, agriculture was pushed to the background and with it changed those social institutions which were its products. The industrial centers pulled persons of different families out of the traditional peasant society comprising of joint families.. This struck at the roots of joint families and the process of change started. Furthermore, the process of change in joint family gained momentum from the rapid development of transport and communication.

2. Urbanization: The percentage of workers dependent on agriculture comes down and more and more people migrate to cities and towns in search of jobs. The urban centers also provide people with various amenities of life concerning transport and communication, sanitation and health, education and employment etc., People are tempted by the lure of urban facilities and there is a rural to urban type of migration. Gradually they lost control over Joint family remained an independent in cities in the nuclear families.

3. Rapid Growth of Population: Rapid growth of population brought corresponding increased of the pressure on land. Agriculture being the prime occupation of the villagers, the rural youth-faced the problem of unemployment. People began to move into cities and industrial centers in search of jobs. Thus they had to leave the traditional joint families which resulted in the breakdown of jointness.

4. Education: Education changes the attitude of people. It enables people to get into jobs or profession. Modem education leads to occupational mobility. It has not only brought changes in the attitudes, beliefs, values and ideologies of the people, but has also created the individualistic feelings. The increasing education not only brings changes in the philosophy of life of men and women but also provides new avenues of employment and led to economic independence.

5. Changing Status of Women: Social reform movements, awareness among the women for their own position, all affected the patriarchal authority of the joint family system. The spread of modem education enlightened the women. Education made them conscious of their rights and status in the society. It brought about drastic changes in the practices and ideals of family.

They were no more prepared to remain within the four walls of the household in the traditional subordinate position. Social reformers like Raja Ram Mohan Roy, Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, Keshab Chandra Sen, Jyothi Rao Phule, Maharshi Karve, Pandit Ramabai and many others worked and achieved considerable success for the cause of women. All these factors affected the patriarchal authority of the joint family. As a sequel to that the process of disintegration started in the joint family.

6. Social Legislations: Legislations enacted during the British rule proved harmful for joint family. Gains of Learning Act of 1930, the right of women to share in the property of the joint family by the Hindu Law of Inheritance Act of 1929, and the Hindu women’s Right to Property Act of 1937. Sati Prevention Act 1782, Hindu Widow Remarriage Act 1856, Child Marriage Restraint Act 1902 have brought changes in family relations.

After independence the process has continued and fundamental changes in the law of inheritance have been brought about by the Hindu Succession Act, 1956. The Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, and the Civil Marriage Act, 1957 gave the freedom to the adult males and females to marry according to their choice and helped the women to seek divorce on certain grounds. All these legislations gave enough facility to the members to divide the joint family immediately after the death of the father. The necessity of jointness has also weakened due to various governmental provisions relating to old age pension, widow pension etc.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Family in India Ten Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Define joint family and explain its characteristics.
Answer:
“Joint family is a group of kins of several generations, ruled by a head, in which there is a joint residence, common kitchen and property, where members are bound with each other by natural obligation.”

  • Iravati Karve (Kinship Organization in India) “A joint family is a group of people who generally live under one roof, who eat food cooked at one hearth, who hold property in common, participate in common family worship and are related to each other as some particular type of kindred”.
  • K.M. Kapadia (Marriage and Family in India) “Joint Family is a group formed not only of a couple and their children, but also other relations either from father’s side of from mother’s side depending on whether the joint family is patrilineal or matrilineal.”

(1) Depth of Generations: Joint family consists of people of three or more generations including grandparents, parents and children. Sometimes, other kins such as uncles, aunts, cousins and great grandsons also live in a joint family.

(2) Common Roof: Henry Maine called the joint family a ‘Greater Home’. Members of the joint family normally reside together under the same roof. It is a place to uphold the family Heritage. It is a place for Socio, Economic, Religious, Entertainment etc. Due to the scarcity of accommodation members of the joint family may reside separately. Still, they try to retain regular contacts and the feeling of belonging to the same family. They have emotional and economic links with the original family.

(3) Common Kitchen: Members eat the food prepared jointly at the common kitchen. Normally, the eldest female member of the family (the wife of the Karta) supervises the work at the kitchen. Rest of the female members engaged in different kitchen work. A single kitchen under a common roof is a unique element of joint family.

(4) Common Worship: Joint family derives its strength from religion. Hence, it is associated with various religious rituals and practices. Every family may have its own deity of ‘Kula devata’ and its own religious tradition. Members of the family take part in common worship, rites and ceremonies. At least once a year they join other members to take part in the festivals, feasting, marriage ceremonies and so on.

(5) Common Property: The members hold a common property. As O’ Malley writes: “The joint family is a co-operative institution similar to a joint stock company in which there is a joint property”. The total earnings of the members are pooled into a common purse of the family and family expenses are met without of that.

(6) Exercise of Authority: In the patriarchal joint family usually the eldest male member. known as ‘Karta’ exercise authority. The super-ordination of the eldest member and the subordination of all the other members to him is a keynote of the joint family. His commands are normally obeyed by others. Karta ruled his family by love and affection. Similarly, in the matriarchal joint family the eldest female (matriarch) member exercises the supreme authority.

(7) Arranged Marriages: In the joint family, the elders consider it as their privilege to arrange the marriages of the members. The individual’s right to select his/her life-partner is undermined. The younger members rarely challenge their decisions and arrangements. But nowadays selecting a life partner to a family member is more of democratic in nature.

(8) Identification with Mutual Rights and Obligations towards the Family: Every member has his own duties and obligations towards the family. The family in turn, protects the interests and promotes the welfare of all. The senior members of the family act as the guide for junior members.

(9) Self-Sufficiency: Joint family is relatively self-sufficient. It used to meet the economic, recreational, medical, educational and other needs of the members. No type of family is self-reliant that way today.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Explain the advantages and disadvantages of joint family.
Answer:

  1. Economic Advantage: Joint family prevents property being divided, subdivision and. fragmentation. Cooperation of all the members supports the economic activities. It is the best pattern of living that is most conducive to the growth.
  2. Protection of Members: Joint family protects their members during childhood, adult and old age. It is capable of providing assistance at the time of pregnancy, sickness, death and other situations.
  3. Provides Recreation: Joint family provides recreation to its members. Similarly in a joint family the children play together. As a result there grows the feeling of oneness.
  4. Development of Personality: Joint family helps a person to build his/her own personality. They learn the lessons of generosity, patience, service, cooperation and obedience. Here a sense of sacrifice replaces selfishness. As such the disciplines in a joint family are self- imposed on its members.
  5. Socialism in Nature: Joint family is like a Cooperative Trust and in joint family each member works according to his capability and gets according to his need. In this sense to a larger extent achieves the socialistic order. The joint kitchen, naturally, runs on an understanding of mutual adjustment. Naturally those who are benefitted by the generosity of others remain obliged and grateful.

Disadvantages of Joint Family: The Joint family also suffers from a few disadvantages. Namely:

1. Promotes Idleness: Joint family is the home for idlers and drovers as the non-earning members do not want to earn their livelihood. In the joint family it happens that some people have to exhaust themselves while the others lead a life of utter lethargy.

2. Hindrance to the Development of Personality: In joint family there is a very little opportunity for the fostering of individual autonomy or self dependence.

3. Encourages Litigation and Nepotism: The joint family may encourage litigation at the time of partition of common property; generally disputed crop up peaceful life is disturbed by such litigation, quarrels and conflicts. It is that joint family systems are the root cause of Nepotism and discrimination of The Head of the family (Karta).

4. Unfavorable for Savings and Investments: It is not favourable to accumulation of capital. When one has to share one’s income with large family, it is not possible to save much. Joint family has to spend large amount of money on marriage and other uneconomic activities leads to unfavorable for Investment.

5. Hinders Social Mobility and Low Status of Women: Joint family damages individual initiative and enterprise and it does not provide proper opportunity for the members to develop their talents. Any new enterprise or adventure on the part of the young people is discouraged by the head of the family.

Question 3.
Write a note on Illum and Tarwad.
Answer:
Nambudri Brahmins lived in patrilineage families which were called Illum. The Nambudris were landowners. Land was considered indivisible, and indivisibility was ensured by the rule of primogeniture. The Nambudri Illom consisted of a man, his wife or wives, his children and his younger brothers. The continuation follow property among the Nambudris are facilitated by the custom of the eldest son marrying girl from his caste, while other sons, although not theoretically debarred from marrying women from their caste, generally do not marry Nambudri women.

It is only when the eldest son fails to have children that the next senior member marries and continues the family. The right of partition being restricted, junior members of the family have only the right to maintenance. The eldest son of the Illum though has absolute control over the family

property: he has no power to alienate it by sale or gift without the consent of the other members. Even the female members have to give their consent in order to alienate it. Nair’s Matriarchal Joint Family – Tarwad Tarawads were matrilineal institutions. Fathers had no significant properties separate from their own Tarawads to give their children, and fathers held no special claims over their children. The Tarawad institutions included family, household, and lands maintained a status and a life beyond any individual. Material support for the household was drawn from the inseparable lands of the Tarawad.

Properties of Tarawad were managed by a senior male called a ‘Karanavan’. The karanavan as the head of a large extended family. The internal management of the affairs of the tarawad were in fact directed by a senior female – a mother, aunt, or grandmother of all sharing the wealth and status of the Tarawad.

Both males and females had a whole-life security within their mother’s tarawads; fathers visited only on occasion. The kamavan is an absolute ruler of the family. On his death the next senior male member becomes kamavan. He can invest money in his own name, can mortgage property, can give money on loan, can give land as gift and is not accountable to any member in respect of income and expenditure. When Tarwad becomes too large, it is divided into Tavashis. ATavashis in relation to a woman is “a group of persons consisting of a female, her children and all descendents in the matrilineal.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Write a note on Narasinganavar patriarchal joint family.
Answer:
The Narasinganavar family is a patriarchal Joint family of about 206 individuals who are residing together in the village of Lokur in the Dharwad district of Karnataka. All the individuals in the family share a common ancestry and this family is recognized as one of the largest undivided families in the world. The family spans across five generations. Bhimanna Jinapa Narasinganavar is the patriarch of the family.

For India’s largest joint family, balancing the family is a forbidding task. The Narsingnavar family finds that expenditure on its 206 members always seems to be more than its income. Patriarch Narsingnavar (72), who has been handling money matters of this jumbo family for the past 30 years, says “We believe family finances could be the biggest source of discontent. In their wisdom and sincerity, the elders gave me this job. Whatever I do well be in the interest of the family”.

Agriculture is the main occupation for this family. It owns 270 acres of cultivable land, the annual income is Rs 8 lakh to Rs 12 lakh depending on the monsoon and market. Its annual expenditure of around Rs 10 lakh is largely on farm labour and agriculture machinery. While the family’s requirement of food grains, vegetables and milk are met by its own efforts, it spends a substantial amount on provisions, clothes, medicines, soap and tea.

If there’s resource crunch, the earning members contribute to the common kitty and Bheemanna keeps a meticulous record of the transactions. Weddings are performed every eight or ten years with several marriages being solemnised at the same time. The family’s only source of entertainment is TV.

Question 5.
Describe the views of I.P. Desai on joint family.
Answer:
I.P. Desai studied a small port town in Gujarat called ‘Mahuva’ in early sixties. Based on the data collected by I.P. Desai, examined the question of jointness in terms of religion, occupational relations, property, education, urbanisation, kinship obligations and household composition.

Besides the structural aspect of family, I.P. Desai examined carefully the types of jointness based on degree, intensity and orientation regard to functions and obligations which people perform for each other, though living separately and at different far off places. Desai finds the following five types of degrees of jointness:

  1. Households with zero degree of jointness.
  2. Households of low degree of jointness (joint by way of the fulfillment of mutual obligations)
  3. Households with high degree of jointness (jointness by way of common ownership of property)
  4. Households with higher degree of jointness (marginally joint families)
  5. Households of highest degree of jointness (traditional joint families)

Thus according to I.P. Desai the structural breakdown is only apparent but not real. Today’s joint family may give rise to several nuclear families and each nuclear family may become a small joint family and after two decades when grandchildren are born, the depth of generations becomes three. Indian family is altering between nucleamess and jointness in a cyclical fashion.

KSEEB Solutions

1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 6 Legislature

You can Download Chapter 6 Legislature Questions and Answers, Notes, 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Karnataka 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 6 Legislature

1st PUC Political Science Legislature One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the root word of parliament?
Answer:
The French word ‘parlor’ is the root word of parliament.

Question 2.
State the primary function of the legislature.
Answer:
Framing of law is the primary function of the legislature.

Question 3.
Which are the two houses of the Indian Parliament?
Answer:
Lok sabha and Rajyasabha.

Question 4.
Name the two houses of the United Kingdom.
Answer:
House of Lords and House of Commons.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Who is an integral part of the Indian Parliament?
Answer:
President is an integral part of the Indian parliament.

Question 6.
Who summons the parliament of India?
Answer:
The President summons the Parliament of India.

Question 7.
Who can promulgate ordinance?
Answer:
President can promulgate an ordinance.

Question 8.
What is the maximum gap between two sessions of parliament?
Answer:
6 months is the maximum gap between two sessions of parliament.

Question 9.
Which lists are followed by the parliament to make laws?
Answer:
Union lists are followed by the parliament to make laws.

Question 10.
Who presides over the joint sitting of the two houses?
Answer:
President presides over the joint sitting of the two houses.

Question 11.
Which is popularly elected house of Indian parliament?
Answer:
Lok Sabha is a popularly elected house of Indian parliament.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 12.
Who presides over the proceeding of the Loksabha?
Answer:
Speaker presides over the proceeding of the Loksabha.

Question 13.
Who elects the speaker of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
Members are Lok Sabha elects the speaker of Lok Sabha.

Question 14.
What is the strength of Lok Sabha?
Answer:
The strength of Lok Sabha is 543 + 2.

Question 15.
How many seats are reserved for the Union Territories in Lok Sabha?
Answer:
Under article 81, not more than 20 Lok Sabha members represent the Union Territories.

Question 16.
How many members of the Anglo-Indian community can be nominated to Lok sabha? or How many nominated members are there in Lok Sabha?
Answer:
2 members represent by Anglo-Indian Community.

Question 17.
What is the term of a Loksabha member? or What is the normal tenure of the Lok Sabha?
Answer:
5 years.

Question 18.
When the term of the Lok Sabha can be extended?
Answer:
During the National emergency, the term of the Lok Sabha can be extended.

Question 19.
Where the money bill is introduced?
Answer:
The money bill is introduced in Lok Sabha.

Question 20.
What is the total strength of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The total strength of the Rajya Sabha is 250.

Question 21.
How many members are nominated by the President to Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
12 members are nominated by the President to Rajya Sabha.

Question 22.
Who presides over the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The Vice president presides over the Rajya Sabha.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 23.
What is the tenure of the members of the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
The tenure of Rajya Sabha is 6 years.

Question 24.
Which union territory does not have representation to the Rajya Sabha?
Answer:
Lakshadeep does not have representation to the Rajya Sabha.

Question 25.
Which house of the parliament has exclusive power to create new All India services?
Answer:
Rajya Sabha can create new All India services.

Question 26.
Which state has a maximum strength in Lok Sabha?
Answer:
Uttar Pradesh has maximum strength in Lok Sabha.

Question 27.
What is the term of members of the Legislative Assembly?
Answer:
The term of the legislative assembly is 5 years.

Question 28.
What is the term of members of the legislative council?
Answer:
6 years.

Question 29.
What is the maximum strength of the legislative council?
Answer:
The maximum strength of the council shall not exceed and 1/3rd of the total members in the assembly.

Question 30.
Who dissolves Lok Sabha?
Answer:
President dissolves Lok Sabha.

Question 31.
What are the three organs of the government?
Answer:
Legislature, Executive and Judiciary.

Question 32.
What type of legislature is existing at the centre in India?
Answer:
Bicameral legislature.

Question 33.
Give the Meaning of legislature.
Answer:
The legislature is one that makes the laws. It expresses the will of the state.

Question 34.
What is the strength of Lok sabha?
Answer:
545.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 35.
What is the term of Rajya sabha?
Answer:
Rajyasabha is a permanent chamber in the term of office of the members in 6 years.

Question 36.
Who is the speaker of Lok sabha today?
Answer:
Meera Kumar.

Question 37.
Who is the chairman of Rajya sabha?
Answer:
The vice president of India Hamid Ansari.

Question 38.
Which state sends the largest number of representatives to Lok sabha?
Answer:
Uttar Pradesh.

Question 39.
What is the age limit to become a member of Lok sabha?
Answer:
25 Years and above.

Question 40.
Who is the Custodian of the finance of the country?
Answer:
Loksabha is the custodian of the finance of the country.

Question 41.
Explain the meaning of the theory of separation of powers.
Answer:
In this, all the 3 branches of government are separate and independent.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 42.
Who wrote the book “The spirit of laws”?
Answer:
French political thinker Montesquieu.

Question 43.
What are the functions of the legislature?
Answer:
Legislature is the law-making organ of government.

Question 44.
What is the other name for the legislature?
Answer:
Parliament.

Question 45.
Who elects the president of India?
Answer:
Electoral College.

Question 46.
Which house is called a permanent house?
Answer:
Rajya Sabha.

Question 47.
Who is the Presiding officer of the Rajya sabha?
Answer:
Vice President of India.

Question 48.
Give any other two names of Lok sabha.
Answer:
House of Representatives and lower house.

Question 49.
Who is the presiding officer of the Lok sabha?
Answer:
Speaker.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 50.
Name the presiding officer of the VidhanaSabha.
Answer:
Kagadu Thimmappa.

Question 51.
What is an amendment?
Answer:
It is a process of amending, altering or changing a Law.

Question 52.
Mention the stages involved in the legislative procedure.
Answer:
There are five stages and three readings.

1st PUC Political Science Legislature Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is the legislature?
Answer:
The legislature is the most important organ of government. It is the law-making organ of government. It expresses the will of the state.

Question 2.
Name the two houses of the American congress.
Answer:
The two houses are the House of Representatives the lower house and the Senate the upper house.

Question 3.
Which part of the constitution deals with the Indian Parliament?
Answer:
Part V of the constitution deals with the Indian parliament.

Question 4.
Write the qualifications to become a member of Loksabha.
Answer:

  1. He must be a citizen of India.
  2. He must not be less than 25 years of age.
  3. Must be eligible as voters.
  4. Must process any other qualification as may be prescribed by parliament.

Question 5.
Write the two important functions of the speaker.
Answer:

  1. To preside over the session.
  2. To maintain law and order in the session.

Question 6.
What are the functions of the Deputy speaker?
Answer:
To preside over the house and perform all the functions in the absence of the speaker.

Question 7.
What is the quorum of the house?
Answer:
To conduct the proceedings of the house 1/10th of the attendance is essential. It is called a quorum.

Question 8.
Who can create or abolish the legislative councils of a state?
Answer:
Parliament can create or abolish the legislative councils by the recommendation of the concerned state Assembly.

Question 9.
What are the electoral powers of the Vidhan Sabha?
Answer:
Electing the president and speaker of the assembly is the electoral power of the Vidhan Sabha.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 10.
Who dissolve the legislative assembly?
Answer:
Governor dissolve the legislative assembly.

Question 11.
Mention the three types of legislative proceedings.
Answer:

  1. First Reading
  2. Second Reading
  3. Third Reading.

Question 12.
What are the responsibilities of the joint sitting of the house?
Answer:
In case of disagreement between the two houses on a matter of legislation, it is resolved by a Joint Sitting of both the houses presided over by the Speaker. In a Joint Sitting, Loksabha would emerge triumphant because the decisions are taken by a majority of the total number of members of both the house present and voting in which the numerical superiority of Loksabha prevails.

Question 13.
Write the two function of the speaker of the Vidhana Sabha.
Answer:

  1. To preside over the session.
  2. To maintain law and order in the session.

Question 14.
What are the qualifications of a member of Rajyasabha?
Answer:
Qualifications of members of the Rajyasabha:

  1. Must be a citizen of India.
  2. “Should have attained the age of 30 years.
  3. Owe allegiance to the constitution.
  4. Must not hold any office of profit under the Government – National, Regional or local.
  5. Should not be insolvent or man of unsound mind.
  6. Must not have acquired the citizenship of a foreign state.

Question 15.
Write the significance of the legislature.
Answer:
It is the most important organ of the government. The will of the state is expressed through the legislature. In modem representative democracy it acts as a mirror of the nation.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 16.
What type of legislature is existing in the centre in India?
Answer:
The legislature with two houses is called bicameralism. There will be upper and lower house. Different nations call the two houses by different names and the composition of house differs.

Question 17.
Write a note on the speaker of Loksabha?
Answer:
Speaker is the presiding officer of Loksabha the conducts all proceedings of Loksabha except the resolution which seeks his removal. He is the spokesman of the House.

Question 18.
Write a note on the Indian parliament.
Answer:
The constitution of India lays down that there shall be a parliament and two houses to known as the house of people (The Loksabha) upper house is Rajyasabha. In other words, we have a bicameral legislature in India.

Question 19.
Who summons the parliament of India?
Answer:
The president is empowered to summon each house of parliament to meet at such a time and place as he thinks fit. The time interval between two sessions of parliament should not be more than six months.

Question 20.
Mention the methods by which the legislature controls the executive.
Answer:
The legislature controls the executive by way of discussions and debates during the Question Hour, Adjournment Motion, Zero Hour, Cut motion. Call-attention motion etc. The soundest way of controlling the executive is by way of moving the No-confidence motion. If the executive fails to win the support of Lok sabha, they must step down.

Question 21.
What is an electoral college?
Answer:
The elected by the members of Loksabha and Rajyasabha along with the members of Legislative Assemblies of the states from the Electoral College.

Question 22.
Briefly explain the composition of Rajyasabha.
Answer:
Composition of the Rajyasabha:
The Rajyasabha consist of 250 members, of which 238 members are elected from the states through indirect elections by a single transferable vote. 12 members are nominated by the president from among those with special knowledge and experience in the field of art, literature, science, social service, etc.

Question 24.
Name the three sessions of the Indian parliament.
Answer:
The parliament meets in three sessions: the Budget session (February-May), the Monsoon session (July-September) and the winter session (November/December).

Question 25.
What is delegated legislation?
Answer:
The rules and the regulations made by the executive for the formulation and implementation of law in the parliament are called delegated legislation.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 26.
What is No-confidence motion?
Answer:
It is a resolution passed by the lower house of the legislature indicating loss or lack of faith in the Prime Minister and Council of Ministers. Hence the prime minister and his council will have to resign.

1st PUC Political Science Legislature Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Write the meaning and significance of the legislature.
Answer:
Legislature is the most important institution in a democratic system of government. It is the law-making organ of the government. It brings the will of the people into laws. The importance of the legislature is increasing because the executive and judiciary have to work on the basis of the laws made by the legislature.

The legislature is the primary and most powerful organ of the government. It controls the executive especially in the parliamentary form of government. It sanctions the budget and controls the national finances. In a parliamentary system, the real executive is chosen from and is also controlled by it.

Question 2.
Write a short note on the Indian parliament.
Answer:
The constitution of India lays down that there shall be a parliament and two houses to be known as the house of people (The Loksabha) upper house is Rajyasabha. In other words, we have a bicameral legislature in India.

Question 3.
Write a briefly note on the composition of Lok Sabha.
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected by the people. All adult citizens unless disqualified for other reasons have the right to select their representatives. Qualifications to become the members are must be a citizen of the country and must have attained the minimum age fixed by the constitution. The term of office is five years. Speaker is the presiding officer. He is elected from among the members of the house.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Describe the composition of Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
In federal representation the state is important. In India, the members of the Rajyasabha are indirectly elected for 6 years but l/3rd of them will retire every 2 years. The Rajyasabha has 250 members out of whom 12 are nominated by the president for their contributions to science, literature, art and social sendee. The remaining 238 members are indirectly elected by the state legislative assemblies through a system of proportional representation.

Question 5.
Discuss the powers and functions of Loksabha.
Answer:
1. Legislative functions:
The power of Loksabha extends to all subjects falling under the Union List and the Concurrent list. In case of emergency in operation, its power also extends to the State list as well. No bill can become a law without the consent of Loksabha. The Loksabha has equal powers of law-making with Rajyasabha except on financial matters where the supremacy of Loksabha is total.

In case of disagreement between the two houses on a matter of legislation, it is resolved by a Joint Sitting of both the houses presided over by the Speaker. In a Joint Sitting, Loksabha would emerge triumphant because tire decisions are taken by a majority of the total number of members of both the house present and voting in which the numerical superiority of Loksabha prevails.

2. Financial functions:
On financial matters, the supremacy of the Loksabha is total and complete. “One, who holds a purse, holds power,” said James Madison. By establishing its authority over the national purse, Loksabha establishes its authority over the Rajyasabha. It is expressly stated that the Money bill can originate only in the house of people. Regarding budget, Loksabha being a representative house enjoys total authority. Loksabha’s position on financial matters is such that the demands for grants are placed only before the Loksabha.

3. Control over the executive:
The Loksabha enjoys direct control over the executive because; the executive is directly responsible to the lower house and stays in office as long as it enjoys the confidence of the house. The Loksabha not only makes laws but also supervises the implementation. The lower house being a debating house, the members are free to seek information from the executive and raise questions and seek clarifications. The members can effectively seek information from the government by way of discussions and debates during the Question Hour (seek clarification), the Adjournment Motion (raises issues of national importance), the Zero Hour, the Cu motion, the Call-attention motion, etc. The soundest way of controlling the executive is by way of moving the No-confidence motion, if the executive fails to win the support of Lok sabha, they must step down.

4. Constituent functions:
The Loksabha shares equal powers in regard to amending provisions of the constitution. An amendment may be initiated either in the Rajyasabha or Loksabha and must be passed by a 2/3 majority in both the houses present and voting. The agreement of Rajyasabha is compulsory for the success of the constitutional amendment.

5. Electoral functions:
The Loksabha and Rajyasabha elect the highest constitutional- functionaries such as the President and the Vice-president. The President is elected by the members of Loksabha and Rajyasabha along with the members of Legislative Assemblies of the states. The Vice-president is elected by members of Loksabha and Rajyasabha.

6. Judicial functions:
The Loksabha acts as a judge in the impeachment of the President. Either house can prefer the charge of impeachment. If Rajyasabha prefers the charge, Loksabha investigates the charge and if it passes a resolution by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the house. President stands impeached from the office. The Loksabha also sits in Judgement, along with the Rajyasabha, in removing high constitutional functionaries such as the Comptroller and Auditor General, The Chief Vigilance Commissioner, the Chief Election Commissioner, etc.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Explain the powers and functions of Rajyasabha.
Answer:
1. Legislative functions:
On legislative matters, the Rajyasabha enjoys powers with the Loksabha except in case of a Money Bill or Financial Bill. Non-money Bill can originate in Rajyasabha and must get a 2/3 majority in the House and then proceeds to the Loksabha. The approval of both Houses is essential for a bill to become a law. In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a bill, both the houses sit oh a joint sitting presided by the speaker and the deadlock is resolved by a majority of the total number of members of both the houses present and voting.

2. Financial functions:
On the financial front, the Rajyasabha virtually has no powers. The procedure to deal with Money bills clearly states that a Money bill or financial bill cannot originate in the Rajyasabha. The Rajyasabha may discuss and suggest changes but have no right to reject or amend a Money Bill. It is left to the Loksabha to accept or reject its recommendations. In case, the Rajyasabha does not send back a Money bill back to the Loksabha within 14 days from the date of receipt of the bill, the bill is deemed passed, in the original form, by both the Houses.

3. Control over the executive:
The Rajyasabha’s hold over the executive is very minimal because the executive is not directly responsible to the upper house. However, it can seek information, and make clarifications on various policy matters. On issues of national and local importance, the members can grill the executive during debates and discussions during the Question Hour, the Adjournment motion, the Zero Hour, the Cut-Motion. Call- attention Motion etc.

4. Constituent functions:
The Rajyasabha enjoys full powers with Loksabha in executing constituent functions. An amendment to provisions of the constitution can be initiated in either House of the parliament and must be passed by a 2/3 majority in both the Houses present and voting. If Rajyasabha does not pass an amendment bill, the amendment Bill stands defeated. In some special provisions apart from the 2/3 majority in both house of parliament and ratification by not less than 1/2 of the states is necessary.

5. Electoral functions:
The Rajyasabha shares the privilege of electing the highest constitutional functionaries, the President and Vice-president. The President is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of parliament along with the members of the State legislative assemblies. The members of both the houses of parliament elect the Vice-president.

6.Judicial functions:
The impeachment move against the President may be initiated in either house of the parliament. If Loksabha prefers the charge, Rajyasabha investigates the charge and passes a resolution by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the house, then the President stands impeached. There is no need for an impeachment against the Vice-president who may be removed by a resolution of Rajyasabha passed by the majority of its members and consented to it by Loksabha. The Rajyasabha also participates in the removal of the highest constitutional functionaries such as the Chief Election Commissioner, the Vigilance Commissioner, etc.

7. Miscellaneous functions:
The Rajyasabha performs other functions as well

  1. By a resolution, Rajyasabha can create one or more All India Services.
  2. Continuation of emergency beyond the specified time must come before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  3. Orders made by the President suspending enforcement of fundamental rights is required to be laid before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  4. According to Article 249, the Rajyasabha by a resolution can ask the parliament to legislate on certain subjects in the State list.

Question 7.
Discuss the financial powers of both the houses of Parliament.
Answer:
Financial functions are a very important function of the modem legislature. The national finances are controlled by the legislature. The legislature enacts the annual budget. The entire financial administration of the country comes under its general supervision direction and control.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Write a short note on the composition of the Vidhana Sabha.
Answer:
There is a legislative assembly for every state. The number of members depends upon the population of the state. But it can not have less than 60 and more than 500 members. The members are chosen by direct election by people of the state. The governor has been given the power to nominate one or two members of the Anglo Indian community legislative assembly is five years.

Question 9.
Write a short note on the composition of the Vidhana Parishad.
Answer:
The Composition of the legislative council is as follows:

  • 1/3 – of the members are elected from the local bodies such as municipalities and district boards;
  • 1/3 – of the members are elected from members of the Legislative Assembly;
  • 1/12 – of the members are elected by the graduates from graduate constituencies.
  • 1/12 – of the members are elected from teacher’s constituencies consisting of secondary- school, college and university- teachers; and
  • 1/6- of the members are nominated by the Governor from the fields of science, art, social service, the co-operative movement, literature, etc.

Question 10.
Explain the powers and functions of Vidhana Sabha.
Answer:
1. Legislative Functions:
The Legislative Assembly is entitled to pass laws on all subjects that fall under the state list such as police, public health, education, local-self governments, etc. Without the consent of the Vidlianasabha, no bill can become a law. Though the Vidhanasabha is competent enough to make laws on subjects listed in the concurrent list along with the central legislature, if parliament passes a law contained in the concurrent list, the legislative assembly is not competent to pass a law on the same subject.

However, some bills require the previous permission of the President before they are introduced in the state legislature. In case of breakdown of constitutional machinery in a state or when the proclamation of emergency is in operation, parliament has the power of making laws on matters falling under the state list. In case of a conflict between state law and the law of the parliament, the law of the parliament shall supreme.

2. Financial Functions:
The Vidhanasabha enjoys total control over the finance of the state. No new tax can be levied or collected without the consent of the Vidhanasabha. The authority of the Vidhanasabha over Vidhanaparishad is strengthened by the fact that a Money bill or Financial bill can only originate in the Vidhanasabha and the Vdhanaparishad can at the most delay it by 14 days but cannot reject or amend the Bill. The annual income-expenditure statement of the year the Budget must get the approval of the Vidhanasabha. Every- year during March-April, the beginning of the financial year, it is the responsibility of the government to place the budget before the house and seek its approval.

3. Control over the Executive (Administration):
The Vidhanasabha enjoys direct control over the administration, as the executive is directly, collectively, responsible to the Vidhanasabha and remains in office as long as they enjoy the confidence of the house. The members of the house can seek information from the government through questions and supplementary questions. It is the responsibility of the ministers to clarify points raised by members and give a satisfactory explanation.

Any attempt to lie or mislead the house is considered an offence against the house punishable under Contempt of the House. The debating occasions such as the Question Hour, Adjournment motion, the Emergency Adjournment motion, the Zero Hour, the Cut motion, the Call-attention motion keeps the executive under constant check and tire executive must be alert and ready with answers. However, ministers can ask for time to answer questions. The most effective weapon in the hands of the Vidhana sabha is the No-confidence motion, which can bring down a government.

4. Electoral Functions:
The members of the Vidhana sabha along with the members of the parliament constitute an electoral college to elect the President of India. They also take part in electing the members of Rajyasabha and also of the members of Legislative council.

5. Constituent Functions:
The state legislative assembly takes part in amending a few constitutional provisions. The Assembly does not initiate any amendment to constitution neither does it has such powers. But ratification of at least not less than half of the State legislative assemblies is necessary1 for amending certain provisions of the constitution. For instance, if there has to be an amendment made to electoral procedure of electing president of India then it has to be ratified by 1/2 of the states, which in turn is done by state legislative assemblies.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 11.
Discuss the powers and functions of Vidhana Parishad.
Answer:
The powers and functions of the Vidhana Parishad are as follows:
1. Legislative functions:
No bill can become a law unless agreed upon by both the Legislative council and the Legislative assembly. Any bill other than a Money Bill can originate in the upper house. The lower house on passing a bill sends it to the upper house for consideration and recommendations.

If the upper house rejects the bill after keeping it with them for 120 days, the low er house can again send the bill. And if the Legislative council does not give approval the second time, the bill is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses of the state legislature.

2. Financial functions:
The Legislative council does not enjoy any position of power on financial matters. It is expressly stated in the constitution that a Money bill or financial bill cannot originate in the upper house. The Vidhanasabha on passing a Money bill sends it to the Vidhana Parishad for its recommendations, but it is to the lower House to accept or reject the recommendations. The Vidhana Parishad can neither correct nor amend a Money Bill.

If a Money Bill is not returned to the Vidhana sabha within 14 days of receipt of the bill, the bill is deemed passed by both the houses in its original form. On Financial matters, the Vidhana Parishad is sub-ordinate to the Vidhana Sabha. The Vidhana Parishad can only discuss the Budget but cannot make changes.

3. Control over the executive:
The influence of the Legislative council over the executive is minimal because the executive is directly responsible to the Legislative assembly. It has the right to seek necessary information and records for suggestions but cannot directly control the administration. The upper House can ask questions and supplementary questions during which ministers are duty-bound to provide satisfactory answers. The Vidhana Parishad can not initiate a motion of No-confidence to bring down the government as it is a nominated House.

Question 12.
Discuss the powers and functions of the speaker of the Loksabha.
Answer:
The presiding officer of Loksabha is the Speaker who is elected from among the members along with the Deputy Speaker and stays in office till the life of the House i.e., 5 years. His primary task is to protect the dignity and decorum of the House and to see that the proceedings of the House are conducted in an orderly and a focused manner. He is the principal spokesperson of the House and must be impartial and even-handed in dealing as the custodian of the House.

In order to ensure impartiality, the speaker resigns his party membership in the election. The Deputy speaker discharges the duty even the office of the speaker falls vacant due to resignation, death or removal by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the House or in the absence of the speaker. The salary of the speaker is determined by the parliament from time to time. The Speaker’s position in the House is one of dignity and authority.

  • All orders of the house are executed through the Speaker
  • Communication from the President is made known through the Speaker.
  • It is the power of the speaker to declare whether a bill is a money bill or not.
  • He enjoys the authority of interpreting the Rules of procedure and has the power to vote except in case of a tie.
  • No member can speak in the House without the permission of the speaker and it is the speaker who fixes the time limit for speech.
  • He presides over the Joint sittings of the parliament.
  • During discussions, the members must address the Chair.
  • In case of a tie, the speaker has the right to cast a vote.
  • Speaker’s decisions cannot be questioned in a court of law.

Question 13.
Discuss the role of the ex-officio chairman of the Rajya Sabha.
Answer:
The presiding officer of the Rajyasabha is the Vice-President who acts as the ex-officio chairman of the Rajyasabha. He holds office for a period of 5 years and salaries and allowances are as determined by the parliament. The position of the Chairman is that of dignity and honour and his task is to see that the transaction of business is conducted with dignity and purpose. Smooth transaction of business and maintenance of order is the responsibility of the Chairman.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 14.
Explain the law-making procedure.
Answer:
A bill in order to become a law has to go through the law-making process. A bill, other than a Money bill, can originate in either house of the parliament before it goes to the President for assent. Non-money bill goes through three readings, involving five stages, in both the houses, before becoming a Law. A Bill may be moved by a private member called a Private Member bill or by a minister representing the Government called a Public bill. It is also called a Government bill.

1. The First Reading:
A minister or a member can introduce a bill with the permission of the Speaker. No formal debate or no speeches relating to contents of the bill are made at this stage. After the bill has been introduced, it is immediately published in the Gazette of the Government of India. Now. the First reading of the bill is complete.

2. The Second Reading:
At this stage, the concerned minister provides details such as the purpose, objectives, and background of the bill in general as well as specifics relating to various clauses, schedules, and amendments to take place. No corrections or amendments can be made at this stage and after detailed discussion, the bill is put to vote.

3. The Committee Stage:
At this stage, the bill is submitted to a Committee and the names of. the members of the Committee are published. The committee headed by a chairman examines the Bill and its provisions and discusses it clause by clause. In the process, it may ask for relevant information and suggest its own changes and modifications. And now, the report and the bill are published in the Gazette.

4. The Report Stage:
Based on recommendations made by the Committee, the bill goes through detailed discussions. Changes can be suggested at this stage and the Report Stage is the last chance for the members to make any amendments to the bill.

5. The Third Reading:
This is the formalization stage of the bill where general discussions about the concerned bill take place. At this stage, no formal amendments can be made except informal changes. Then the bill is put to vote. Though the bill is open tor rejection, even at this stage, it is not normally resorted to.

After completing five stages in the House from which it originated, say Rajyasabha, it goes to the loksabha and has to undergo the same procedure. After getting passed in both the houses, it goes for the acceptance of the President. In case the other house rejects the bill altogether, the president may call for a joint sitting of the parliament to resolve the deadlock (Article 108).

Question 15.
Write a brief note on the Legislative powers of the president.
Answer:
1. Legislative Functions:

The legislative functions are detailed below:
1. To summon, prorogue and dissolve the Parliament.

2. The President enjoys the power to address the Parliament. It is normally done after general elections or the first session of the year. It is generally called Presidential speech. This inaugural speech outlines the objectives and priorities of the government.

3. In passing the bills, if a deadlock arises due to non-agreement between two houses of the parliament, the President may call for a joint session of both the houses.

4. The President may address Lok sabha or Rajya sabha or both any time and also may send a message to both the houses of parliament to look into a bill.

5. In the considered view of the President, if he is satisfied that the Anglo-Indian com¬munity is not adequately represented, he may nominate 12 members to Rajya Sabha and 2 members to Lok sabha.

6. Prior permission of the President is essential while dealing with bills relating to the formation of new states, alteration of boundaries and some special bills like the finance bills.

7. No bill can become a law without the assent of the President. He enjoys the power to withhold a bill. This power is called ‘Veto power’. However, he cannot refuse his assent for finance bills. But he can withhold assent for a nonmoney bill. But if the same is resubmitted for signature even without changes, he cannot refuse to sign it.

8. The President enjoys the power of issuing Ordinance when the parliament is not in session. It will have the same power and effect similar to that of a law made by the Parliament provided the same is ratified by the Parliament within 6 weeks of its passage. Otherwise, it ceases to be a law and is considered null and void or zero.

Question 16.
Which is more powerful? State legislative assembly or state legislative council? Explain.
Answer:
The legislative council is a weaker chamber. It is not only the second but also the secondary chamber of the state legislature. Money bills must originate only in the legislative assembly. The council has no control over the ministry in the state.

Question 17.
What are the miscellaneous functions of the Rajyasabha?
Answer:
The miscellaneous functions of the Rajyasabha are:

  1. By a resolution, Rajyasabha can create one or more All India Services.
  2. Continuation of emergency beyond the specified time must come before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  3. Orders made by the President suspending enforcement of fundamental rights is required to be laid before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  4. According to Article 249, the Rajyasabha by a resolution can ask the parliament to legislate on certain subjects in the State list.

Question 18.
What are the functions of the legislature?
Answer:
1. Lawmaking: The legislature enacts new laws, amends old laws and repeals unwanted laws.

2. Deliberative: The Legislature conducts extensive discussions on matters of public importance, bills and the budget.

3. Formulates policies: The legislature formulates domestic and foreign policy.

4. Controlling the executive: The legislature controls both the political and administrative executive, through questions, resolutions, and motions. A no-confidence motion is to express a lack of faith in and to oust the government.

5. Financial control: To enact money bills and budgets.

6. Judicial: The judiciary can impeach the heads of state and the judges of the higher courts.

7. Constitutional: the legislature amends the constitution.

8. Electoral: It is part of the Electoral College that elects the head of the state.

9. Ventilation of grievances: The legislature is a forum of complaints and formation of public opinion.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 19. Briefly explain the importance of the legislature.
Answer:
The Importance of the legislature is:
The importance of Legislature has grown many-fold due to the ever-increasing role of government in the developmental activity. In present times, the role of the executive and judiciary cannot be imagined without legislature. That’s why Gilchrist has rightly observed thus: “The legislature is the preamble, executive the content and judiciary the conclusion”.

1. Lawmaking:
The Lawmaking the role of the legislature is so vital because even though the executive is strong, a wrong law passed by the legislature will have disastrous consequences. So, efficient lawmaking is essential and that task is handled by legislature. While making laws, it is important to evaluate the pros and cons of that legislation.

2. Determines the government:
In democracies, people elect a government of their choice from among competing political parties in elections, held periodically. Party or parties that secure majority support of the people form the government and others act as the opposition. The government is also called as “the ruling party or ruling coalition” continues as long as it enjoys the confidence of the legislature (lower house). If the government fails to secure a motion of no confidence it has to vacate the office. In India, parliamentary elections are held once in 5 years whereas in U.S.A, presidential elections are held once in 4 years.

3. Public platform:
The importance of legislature is reflected in its role serving as a public platform. The legislature consists of people’s representatives from different nooks and comers of the country representing various castes, religions, languages, customs, traditions, cultures and vivid socio-economic backgrounds. These representatives assemble in one place to discuss problems concerning people of the whole nation. So, legislature plays a key role in mirroring national sentiment.

Question 20.
Briefly explain the theory of separation of powers.
Answer:
The theory of separation of powers deals with the relationship between the three organs of government. This theory was put forward by Montesquieu, a French political thinker in his book “The spirit of the laws”. He suggested that the governmental powers must be separated between i.e., legislature, executive and judiciary, Montesquieu theory had a great influence on the US constitution.

1st PUC Political Science Legislature Ten Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Describe the composition, powers, and functions of Loksabha.
Answer:
The members of Lok Sabha are elected by the people. All adult citizens unless disqualified for other reasons have the right to select their representatives. Qualifications to become the members are must be a citizen of the country and must have attained the minimum age fixed by the constitution. The term of office is five years. Speaker is the presiding officer. He is elected from among the members of the house.

The powers and functions of LokSabha are as follows
1. Legislative functions:
The power of Loksabha extends to all subjects falling under the Union List and the Concurrent List. In case of emergency in operation, its power also extends to the State list as well. No bill can become a law without the consent of Loksabha. The Loksabha has equal powers of law-making with Rajyasabha except on financial matters where the supremacy of Loksabha is total.

In case of disagreement between the two houses on a matter of legislation, it is resolved by a Joint Sitting of both the houses presided over by the Speaker. In a Joint Sitting, Loksabha would emerge triumphant because the decisions are taken by a majority of the total number of members of both the house present and voting in which the numerical superiority of Loksabha prevails.

2. Financial functions:
On financial matters, the supremacy of the Loksabha is total and complete. “One, who holds purse, holds power” said James Madison. By establishing its authority over the national purse, Loksabha establishes its authority over the Rajyasabha. It is expressly stated that the Money bill can originate only in the house of people. Regarding budget, Loksabha being a representative house enjoys total authority. Loksabha’s position on financial matters is such that the demands for grants are placed only before the Loksabha.

3. Control over the executive:
The Loksabha enjoys direct control over the executive because; the executive is directly responsible to the lower house and stays in office as long as it enjoys the confidence of the house. The Loksabha not only makes laws but also supervises the implementation. The lower house being a debating house, the members are free to seek information from the executive and raise questions and seek clarifications.

The members can effectively seek information from the government by way of discussions and debates during the Question Hour (seek clarification), the Adjournment Motion (raises issues of national importance), the Zero Hour, the Cu motion, the Call-attention motion, etc. The soundest way of controlling the executive is by way of moving the No-confidence motion, if the executive fails to win the support of Lok sabha, they must step down.

4. Constituent functions:
The Loksabha shares equal powers in regard to amending provisions of the constitution. An amendment may be initiated either in the Rajyasabha or Loksabha and must be passed by a 2/3 majority in both the houses present and voting. The agreement of Rajyasabha is compulsory for the success of the constitutional amendment.

5. Electoral functions:
The Loksabha and Rajyasabha elect the highest constitutional functionaries such as the President and the Vice-president. The President is elected by the members of Loksabha and Rajyasabha along with the members of Legislative Assemblies of the states. The Vice-president is elected by members of Loksabha and Rajyasabha.

6. Judicial functions:
The Loksabha acts as a judge in the impeachment of the President. Either house can prefer the charge of impeachment. If. Rajyasabha prefers the charge, Loksabha investigates the charge and if it passes a resolution by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the house. President stands impeached from the office. The Loksabha also sits in Judgement along with the Rajyasabha, in removing high constitutional functionaries such as the Comptroller and Auditor General, The Chief Vigilance Commissioner, the Chief Election Commissioner, etc.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Describe the composition, powers, and functions of Rajyasabha.
Answer:
In federal representation the state is important. In India, the members of the Rajyasabha are indirectly elected for 6 yrs but 1/3rd of them will retire even. 2 yrs. The Rajyasabha has 250 members out of whom 12 are nominated by the president for their contributions to science, literature, art and social service. The remaining 238 members are indirectly elected by the state legislative assemblies through a system of proportional representation.

The powers and functions of Rajyasabha are as follows:
1. Legislative functions:
Oh legislative matters, the Rajyasabha enjoys powers with the Loksabha except in case of a Money Bill or Financial Bill. Non-money Bill can originate in Rajyasabha and must get a 2/3 majority in the House and then proceeds to the Loksabha. The approval of both Houses is essential for a bill to become a law.

In case of disagreement between the two Houses on a bill, both the houses sit on a joint sitting presided by the speaker and the deadlock is resolved by a majority of the total number of members of both the houses present and voting.

2. Financial functions:
On the financial front, the Rajyasabha virtually has no powers. The procedure to deal with Money bills clearly states that a Money bill or financial bill cannot originate in the Rajyasabha. The Rajyasabha may discuss and suggest changes but have no right to reject or amend a Money Bill. It is left to the Loksabha to accept or reject its recommendations. In case, the Rajyasabha does not send back a Money bill back to the Loksabha within 14 days from the date of receipt of the bill, the bill is deemed passed, in the original form, by both the Houses.

3. Control over the executive:
The Rajyasabha’s hold over the executive is very minimal because the executive is not directly responsible to the upper house. However, it can seek information, and make clarifications on various policy matters. On issues of national and local importance, the members can grill the executive during debates and discussions during the Question Hour, the Adjournment motion, the Zero Hour, the Cut-Motion, Call- attention Motion, etc.

4. Constituent functions:
The Rajyasabha enjoys full powers with Loksabha in executing constituent functions. An amendment to provisions of the constitution can be initiated in either House of the parliament and must be passed by a 2/3 majority’ in both the Houses present and voting. If Rajyasabha does not pass an amendment bill, the amendment Bill stands defeated. In some special provisions apart from the 2/3 majority in both house of parliament and ratification by not less than 1/2 of the states is necessary.

5. Electoral functions:
The Rajyasabha shares the privilege of electing the highest constitutional functionaries, the President and Vice-president. The President is elected by an electoral college consisting of the members of parliament along with the members of the State legislative assemblies. The members of both the houses of parliament elect the Vice-president.

6. Judicial functions: The impeachment move against the President may be initiated in either house of the parliament. If Loksabha prefers the charge, Rajyasabha investigates the charge and passes a resolution by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the house, then the President stands impeached.

There is no need for an impeachment against the Vice president who may be removed by a resolution of Rajyasabha passed by the majority of its members and consented to it by Loksabha. The Rajyasabha also participates in the removal of the highest constitutional functionaries such as the Chief Election Commissioner, the Vigilance Commissioner, etc.

7. Miscellaneous functions:
The Rajyasabha performs other functions as well as

  1. By a resolution Rajyasabha can create one or more All India Services.
  2. Continuation of emergency beyond the specified time must come before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  3. Orders made by the President suspending enforcement of fundamental rights is required to be laid before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  4. According to Article 249, the Rajyasabha by a resolution can ask the parliament to legislate on certain subjects in the State list.

Question 3.
Explain the composition, powers, and functions of Vidhana Sabha.
Answer:
There is a legislative assembly for every state. The number of members depends upon the population of the state. But it can not have less than 60 and more than 500 members. The members are chosen by direct election by people of the state. The governor has been given the power to nominate one or two members of the Anglo Indian community legislative assembly is five years.

The powers and functions of Vidhanasabha are as follows:
1. Legislative Functions:
The Legislative Assembly is entitled to pass laws on all subjects that fall under the state list such as police, public health, education, local-self governments, etc. Without the consent of the Vidhanasabha, no bill can become a law. Though the Vidhanasabha is competent enough to make laws on subjects listed in the concurrent list along with the central legislature, if parliament passes a law contained in the concurrent list, the legislative assembly is not competent to pass a law on the same subject.

However, some bills require the previous permission of the President before they are introduced in the state legislature. In case of breakdown of constitutional machinery’ in a state or when the proclamation of emergency is in operation, parliament has the power of making laws on matters falling under the state list. In case of a conflict between state law and the law of the parliament, the law of the parliament shall supreme.

2. Financial Functions:
The Vidhanasabha enjoys total control over the finance of the state. No new tax can be levied or collected without the consent of the Vidhanasabha. The authority of the Vidhanasabha over Vidhanaparishad is strengthened by the fact that a Money bill or Financial bill can only originate in the Vidhanasabha and the Vidhanaparishad can at the most delay it by 14 days but cannot reject or amend the Bill. The annual income-expenditure statement of the year the Budget must get the approval of the Vidhanasabha. Even year during March-April, the beginning of the financial year, it is the responsibility of the government to place the budget before the house and seek its approval.

3. Control over the Executive (Administration):
The Vidhanasabha enjoys direct control over the administration, as the executive is directly, collectively, responsible to the Vidhanasabha and remains in office as long as they enjoy the confidence of the house. The members of the house can seek information from the government through questions and supplementary questions. It is the responsibility of the ministers to clarify points raised by members and give a satisfactory explanation.

Any attempt to lie or mislead the house is considered an offence against the house punishable under Contempt of the House. The debating occasions such as the Question Hour, Adjournment motion, the Emergency Adjournment motion, the Zero Hour, the Cut motion, the Call-attention motion keeps the executive under constant check and the executive must be alert and ready with answers. However, ministers can ask for time to answer questions. The most effective weapon in the hands of the Vidhanasabha is the No-confidence motion, which can bring down a government.

4. Electoral Functions:
The members of the Vidhanasabha along with the members of the parliament constitute an electoral college to elect the President of India. They also take part in electing the members of Rajyasabha and also of the members of Legislative council.

5. Constituent Functions:
The state legislative assembly takes part in amending a few constitutional provisions. The Assembly does not initiate any amendment to constitution neither does it has such powers. But ratification of at least not less than half of the State legislative assemblies is necessary for amending certain provisions of the constitution. For instance, if there has to be an amendment made to electoral procedure of electing president of India then it has to be ratified by 1/2 of the states, which in turn is done by state legislative assemblies.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Describe the composition, powers, and functions of Vidhana Parishad.
Answer:
The Composition of the legislative council is as follows:

  • 1/3 – of the members are elected from the local bodies such as municipalities and district boards.
  • 1/3 – of the members are elected from members of the Legislative Assembly.
  • 1/12 – of the members are elected by the graduates from graduate constituencies.
  • 1/12 – of the members are elected from teacher’s constituencies consisting of secondary school, college, and university teachers; and
  • 1/6- of the members are nominated by the Governor from the fields of science, art, social service, the co-operative movement, literature, etc.

The powers and functions of the Vidhana Parishad are as follows:
1. Legislative functions:
No bill can become a law unless agreed upon by both the Legislative council and the Legislative assembly. Any bill other than a Money Bill can originate in the upper house. The lower house on passing a bill sends it to the upper house for consideration and recommendations. If the upper house rejects the bill after keeping it with them for 120 days, the lower house can again send the bill. And if the Legislative council does not give approval the second time, the bill is deemed to have been passed by both the Houses of the state legislature.

2. Financial functions:
The Legislative council does not enjoy any position of power on financial matters. It is expressly stated in the constitution that a Money bill or financial bill cannot originate in the upper house. The Vidhanasabha on passing a Money bill sends it to the Vidhana Parishad for its recommendations, but it is to the lower House to accept or reject the recommendations. The Vidhana Parishad can. neither correct nor amend a Money Bill. If a Money Bill is not returned to the Vidhana sabha within 14 days of receipt of the bill, the bill is deemed passed by both the houses in its original form. On Financial matters, the Vidhana Parishad is sub-ordinate to the Vidhana Sabha. The Vidhana Parishad can only discuss the Budget but cannot make changes.

3. Control over the executive:
The influence of the Legislative council over the executive is minimal because the executive is directly responsible to the Legislative assembly. It has the right to seek necessary information and records for suggestions but cannot directly control the administration. The upper House can ask questions and supplementary questions during which ministers are duty-bound to provide satisfactory answers. The Vidhana Parishad cannot initiate a motion of No-confidence to bring down the government as it is a nominated House.

Question 5.
What are the special powers of both the Houses of the Parliament?
Answer:
The Rajyasabha performs other functions as well as

  1. By a resolution, Rajyasabha can create one or more All India Services.
  2. Continuation of emergency beyond the specified time must come before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  3. Orders made by the President suspending enforcement of fundamental rights is required to be laid before the Rajyasabha and Loksabha.
  4. According to Article 249, the Rajyasabha by a resolution can ask the parliament to legislate on certain subjects in State list. The Loksabha enjoys direct control over the executive because; executive is directly responsible to the lower house and stays in office as long as it enjoys the confidence of the house. The Loksabha not only makes laws but also supervises the implementation. The lower house being a debating house, the members are free to seek information from the executive and raise questions and seek clarifications.

The members can effectively seek information from the government by way of discussions and debates during the Question Hour (seek clarification), the Adjournment Motion(raises issues of national importance), the Zero Hour, the Cu motion, the Call-attention motion, etc. The – soundest way of controlling the executive is by way of moving the No-confidence motion, if the executive fails to win the support of Lok sabha, they must step down.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Explain the role, powers, and functions of the speaker of Loksabha.
Answer:
The presiding officer of Loksabha is the Speaker who is elected from among the members along with the Deputy Speaker and stays in office till the life of the House i.e., 5 years. His primary task is to protect the dignity and decorum of the House and to see that the proceedings of the House are conducted in an orderly and a focused manner. He is the principal spokesperson of the House and must be impartial and even-handed in dealing as the custodian of the House.

In order to ensure impartiality, speaker resigns his party membership on election. The Deputy speaker discharges the duty when the office of the speaker falls vacant due to resignation, death or removal by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the House or in the absence of the speaker. The salary of the speaker is determined by the parliament from time to time. The Speakers’ position in the House is one of dignity and authority.

  • All orders of the house are executed through the Speaker
  • Communication from the President is made known through the Speaker.
  • It is the power of the speaker to declare whether a bill is a money bill or not.
  • He enjoys the authority of interpreting the Rules of procedure and has the power to vote except in case of a tie.
  • No member can speak in the House without the permission of the speaker and it is the speaker who fixes the time limit for speech.
  • He presides over the Joint sittings of the parliament.
  • During discussions, the members must address the Chair.
  • In the case of a tie, the speaker has the right to cast a vote.
  • Speaker’s decisions cannot be questioned in a court of law.

Question 7.
Explain the role, powers, and functions of the speaker of Vidhana Sabha.
Answer:
The presiding officer of Vidhana sabha is the Speaker who is elected from among the members along with the Deputy Speaker and stays in office till the life of the House i.e., 5 years. His primary task is to protect the dignity and decorum of the House and to see that the proceedings of the House are conducted in an orderly and a focused manner. He is the principal spokesperson of the House and must be impartial and even-handed in dealing as the custodian of the House. In order to ensure impartiality, the speaker resigns his party membership in the election.

The Deputy speaker discharges the duty when the office of the speaker falls vacant due to resignation, death or removal by a 2/3 majority of the total membership of the House or in the absence of the speaker. The salary of the speaker is determined by the parliament from time to time. The Speaker’s position in the House is one of dignity and authority.

All orders of the house are executed through the Speaker

  • Communication from the Governor is made known through the Speaker.
  • It is the power of the speaker to declare whether a bill is money bill or not.
  • He enjoys the authority of interpreting the Rules of procedure and has the power to vote except in case of a tie.
  • No member can speak in the House without the permission of the speaker and it is the speaker who fixes the time limit for speech.
  • During discussions, the members must address the Chair.
  • In case of a tie, the speaker has the right to cast a vote.
  • Speaker’s decisions cannot be questioned in a court of law.

2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 3 Inclusive Strategies

Karnataka 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 3 Inclusive Strategies

You can Download Chapter 3 Inclusive Strategies Questions and Answers, Notes, 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

2nd PUC Sociology Inclusive Strategies One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Which Article of the Indian Constitution abolishes untouchability?
Answer:
Article 17.

Question 2.
In which year the untouchability (Offences) Act was enacted?
Answer:
1955.

Question 3.
In which year the Programe Stree Shakhti was launched?
Answer:
2000-2001.

Question 4.
Who introduced the concept of Micro Finance in Bangladesh?
Answer:
Muhammad Yunus.

Question 5.
Where is the Headquarters of Lijjat located?
Answer:
Mumbai.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Which non-governmental organization is working for Soligas?
Answer:
Vivekananda, Girijana Kendra.

Question 7.
Who started Harijana and young India Newspapers?
Answer:
Mahathama Gandhi.

Question 8.
Who started Mookanayak News Papers?
Answer:
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar.

Question 9.
Who founded Sulabh International?
Answer:
Dr. Bindeshwar Pathak.

Question 10.
What is gender discrimination?
Answer:
Discrimination against people based on their Gender.

Question 11.
In which year towards equality report was Submitted?
Answer:
1974.

Question 12.
Which year Government of India declared as year of women empowerment?
Answer:
2001.

Question 13.
Who coined affirmative Action?
Answer:
John. F. Kennedy.

Question 14.
Who started Harijana Sevaka Sangha?
Answer:
Mahathama Gandhi.

Question 15.
Who started Bahishkritha Hitha Karinisabha?
Answer:
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar.

Question 16.
Expand LAMPS.
Answer:
Large Area Multi Purpose Societies.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 17.
Expand TRIFED.
Answer:
Tribal Co-Operative Market Development Federation of India.

Question 18.
In which year protection of civil Rights Act was passed?
Answer:
1976. .

Question 19.
Expand NCW.
Answer:
National Commission for Women.

Question 20.
Expand SGH.
Answer:
Self – Help Groups.

Question 21.
Expand SEWA.
Answer:
SelfEmployed Women Association.

Question 22.
Expand SKDRDP.
Answer:
Shri Kshethra Dharmasthala Rural Development Project.

Question 23.
Expand SCP.
Answer:
Special Component Plan.

Question 24.
Expand SCA.
Answer:
Special Central Assistance.

Question 25.
Expand SCDC.
Answer:
Scheduled Caste Development Corporation.

Question 26.
Expand CIIL.
Answer:
Central Institute of Indian languages.

Question 27.
What is the provision of Article 335 of the constitution?
Answer:
Reservations to SCs and STs.

Question 28.
In which year national commission for women was established.
Answer:
1992.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 29.
Expand NABARD.
Answer:
National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development.

2nd PUC Sociology Inclusive Strategies Two Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Give the meaning of Affirmative action.
Answer:
Affirmative action refers to policies that take factors including “caste, creed, religion, or sex, into consideration, in order to benefit an underrepresented group in areas of employment, education, and business”.

Question 2.
Explain the concept of Women Empowerment.
Answer:
The dictionary meaning of the terms “empowerment” is to give power or authority. Hence empowerment is the act of giving power. Thus women’s empowerment is the act of empowering women i .e. to give them the power or authority. The term Empowerment has different meanings to women of different classes.

Question 3.
What is a self help group?
Answer:
“A Self-Help Group comprises a group of micro enterpreneurs having homogenous social and economic backgrounds, all voluntarily coming together to save regular small sums of money, mutually agreeing to contribute to a common fund and to meet their emergency needs on the basis of mutual help”.

Question 4.
What is micro finance?
Answer:
Micro Finance is defined as, financial services such as Saving A/c, Insurance Fund & credit provided to poor & low income clients so as to help them to rise their income & there by improve their standard of I living.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
What is Stree Shakthi?
Answer:
The programme was launched during 2000-01 and it is being implemented throughout the state to empower rural women and make them self reliant is called as Stree Shakthi.

Question 6.
Mention any two objectives of stree shakhti.
Answer:

  1. To strengthen the process of economic development of rural women and create a conducive environment for social change.
  2. To form self help group based on thrift and credit principles which builds self reliance and enable women to have greater access and control over resources.

Question 7.
Mention the advantages of Internal lending in self help groups.
Answer:
Managing their own common fund, financing needs of each other develops their skills of financial management.

2nd PUC Sociology Inclusive Strategies Five Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What were the provisions of the Untouchability Act 1955?
Answer:
The Untouchability (Offences) Act -1955. It provides penalties for the following offences.

  1. Preventing a person on grounds of untouchability, from entering a place of public worship, offering prayer therein or taking water from a tank, well or spring.
  2. Enforcing all kinds of social disabilities such as denying access to any shop, public
    restaurant, public hospital or educational institutions, hotel or any other place of public entertainment, the use of any road, river, well, tank, water tap, cremation ground, sanitary convenience and Dharmashalas.’
  3. Enforcing occupational, professional or trade disabilities in the matter or enjoyment of any benefit under the charitable trust in the construction or occupation of any residential premises in any locality or the observance of any social or religious usages or ceremony.
  4. Refusing to sell goods or render services to an untouchable.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Briefly explain the role of NGOs for upliftment of SCs/STs.
Answer:
Non-Governmental. Organizations have played a vital role in welfare of Scheduled Castes. The important ones are (1) Harijan Sevak Sangh, (2) Indian Depressed Classes League, (3) Hindi Sweepers Sevak Sangh, (4) Servants India Society, (5) Ishwar Saran Ashram, (6) All India Backward Classes Federation, (7) Bharatiya Adimajati Sevak Sangh, Vanarasikalayana Sabha, Sri Ramakrishna Mission etc., have also made efforts to eradicate untouchability.

Question 3.
List out the strategies for women empowerment.
Answer:
The strategies for empowerment of women can be classified as legal, social and economic.
(1) Legal Strategies: After the independence several laws were drafted with the aim to treat women on par with men. Some of the legislation are as follows :

  • Hindu Marriage Act of 1955
  • Hindu Succession Act of 1956.
  • Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act of 1956.
  • Dowry Prohibition (Amendment) Act 1984
  • Domestic Violence Act 2005 etc.

(2) Social Strategies: Social strategies are as follow:

  • Establishment of Women Welfare Services.
  • Legal literacy of women through mass media.
  • Help of neighbours to be sought in the cases of abused women.
  • Conducting public education and awareness programmes in order to help women.
  • Males are also to be educated to realize their new roles in the changed times and the necessity of their own contribution to family life.

(3) Economic Strategies: Economic strategies are as follow;

  • Educational and vocational training for women which enable them to seek jobs and become economically dependent.
  • Technological aids that will be labour saving devices and will lighten women’s burden of heavy daily tasks.
  • Train women in both formal and non-formal education.
  • Credit facilities to start small-scale industr.evself-employment.
  • Programmes of placing women in important positions at various levels.

Question 4.
Explain the main features of micro finance.
Answer:
Micro Finance is defined as, financial services such as Savings Accounts, Insurance Fund & credit provided to poor & low income clients so as to help them to rise their income & there by improve their standard of living. Microfinance is a source of financial services for entrepreneurs and small businesses lacking access to banking and related services.
Major Features of Microfinance:

  1. Loan without security
  2. Loans to people who live BPL (Below Poverty Line)
  3. Even members of SHG may get benefit from Micro Finance
  4. Maximum limit of loan under microfinance is relatively small amount.
  5. The terms and conditions given to poor people are decided by SHG.

For some, microfinance is a movement whose object is a world in which as many poor to have permanent access to an appropriate range of high quality financial services, including not just credit but also savings, insurance, and fund transfers. Many of those who promote microfinance generally believe that such access will help poor people out of poverty. For others, microfinance is a way to promote economic development, employment and growth through the support of micro-entrepreneurs and small businesses.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Explain the objectives of towards equality report.
Answer:
A National Commission was formed to examine the status and problems of Indian women. Report of this Commission is called as “Towards Equality Report 1974”.
Objectives of the Towards Equality Report

  1. To examine the Constitutional, legal, and administrative provisions that have a bearing on the social status of women, their education and employment.
  2. To assess the impact of these provisions during the last two decades on the status of women in the country, particularly in the rural sector and to suggest more effective programmes.
  3. To consider the development of educations among women and determine the factors responsible for the slow progress in some areas and suggest remedial measures.
  4. To survey the problems of the working women including discrimination in employment and remuneration.
  5. To examine the status of women as housewives and mothers in the changing social pattern and their problems in the sphere of further education and employment.
  6. To undertake survey of case studies on the implications of the population policies and family planning programmes on the status of women.
  7. To suggest any other measures which would enable women to play their roles to the fullest in building up the nation.

2nd PUC Sociology Inclusive Strategies Ten Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain the importance of towards equality report 1974.
Answer:
The study collected extensive data related to the various aspects of women. Trends observed by the study were surprising. Excepting the fields of education and employment where women belonging to the middle class achieved moderate success, almost all fields showed a very low percentage of participation by women. Many worked longer hours for meagre wages. Almost all women actively participated in economic activities without any financial benefit. In addition, they were also responsible for taking care of their family members especially children and the elderly.

It was believed that, due to the equality principle adopted by the constitution acted in favour of women who were denied equal rights earlier. It was felt that, Indian women enjoy equal status on par with men and also enjoy the support of men in their endeavours. In reality, only the middle class women were able to achieve some amount of progress in the fields of education and employment. But, a majority of Indian women still were victims of violence, dowry, gender discrimination etc., thus, the report of the Commission exposed hard realities.

The Commission expressed concerns about issues related to women like, lower rates of life expectancy, declining sex ratio, high death rates, low participation in economic activities etc. Such trends were against the accepted goals of our Constitution. Another point to be noted here is that, during the 19th century, women were seen as the victims of certain social evils and in the post-independence period they were seen as beneficiaries of development projects but not as active participants of development projects. Their role in the national movement, labour movements and peasant movement is ignored.

As observed by the scholars political parties accepted the role of women in building a new society in a rather reluctant way. Report of the Commission influenced the policies of the government while formulating developmental projects. It identified certain wrong notions about the role and status of women. It was a starting point for many future studies of women with a fresh perspective.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Mention any ten Constitutional provisions relating to upliftment of SCs and STs.
Answer:
Constitutional provisions relating to the above said groups are as follow:

  1. Article 15: The state shall not discriminate against any citizen on the grounds of Religion, Race, caste sex, place of birth or any of them. The removal of any disability, restriction or condition with regard to access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and place of public entertainment or the use of wells, tanks, roads, and place of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of state funds or dedicated to the use of general public.
  2. Article 16: There shall be equality of opportunity for all citizens in matter relating to employment or appointment to any office under the state.
  3. Article 17: Untouchability is abolished and its practice in any form is forbidden. The enforcement of any disability arising out of untouchability shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law.
  4. Article 23: Illegalizes traffic in human beings and forced labour.
  5. Article 25 B: Hindu religious institution of public characters is open to all classes and sections of Hindu.
  6. Article 29: Cultural and linguistic minority has right to conserve its language or culture. The article provides protection to scheduled tribe communities to preserve their languages, dialects and cultures. The state would not by law enforce upon it any other culture or language.
  7. Article 46: The state shall promote with special care the educational and economic interest of the weaker sections of the people and in particular of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation.
  8. Article 164: provides for a separate ministry in charge of welfare of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and backward classes.
  9. Article 325 of part XV: It guarantees to all citizens of India the right to vote.
  10. Article 330, 332 and 334: Provides seats shall be reserved for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the house of people and state legislature.
  11. Article 335: It mentions the claim of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to services and posts.
  12. Article 338: Empowers the central government to appoint a commission for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  13. Article 339: Empowers the president to appoint a commission to report on the administration of the scheduled areas and the welfare of scheduled tribes in the states.
  14. Article 341: Empowers the president to specify the castes, races or tribes deemed as Scheduled Castes in a particular state or union territory.
  15. Article 342: Empowers the president to specify the tribes deemed to be Scheduled Tribes in a particular state or union territory.

KSEEB Solutions
Question 3.
Explain the developmental programs for the upliftment of Scheduled Castes.
Answer:
1. Appointment of a National Commission for the Welfare of Scheduled Castes and Tribes: A National Commission for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes has been set up by the Central Government to safeguard the interests of the SCs and STs. It functions as an advisory body on issues and policies related to the development of the SCs and STs.

2. Educational Opportunities: Due attention is paid to extend the educational opportunities of SCs and STs and hence special provisions have been made in this regard. Free education, free distribution of books, stationery, uniform etc. giving scholarships, educational loan facilities, providing mid-day meal, arranging for free boarding and lodging facilities, reserving seats for SCs and STs in all the government and government aided institutions, etc.

3. Expansion of Economic Opportunities: Government has taken up economic programmes also for the benefit of SCs and STs. Examples: Landless SC labourers are allotted land. Land reforms have been undertaken to bring benefits of land ownership for them. Poor SC farmers are supplied with seeds, agriculture implements, fertilizers, pesticides, interest-free loans, pair of bullocks for ploughing, subsidy for developing dairy farming, poultry farming, piggery, animal husbandry, handicrafts, spinning and weaving.

4 Expansions of Employment Opportunities and Reservation: In order to enhance the economic position of the SCs and STs the Constitution has provided for the reservation in services. Reservation exists in all these for the SCs and STs to the extent of 15% and 7.5% respectively.

5. Upliftment of Scheduled Castes through Five Year Plans: The welfare of the Scheduled Castes has been given special attention in the Five Year Plan. The Central Government sponsored a comprehensive three strategies for the development of the SCs during the 6th Five Year Plan [1980-85]. This consisted of three schemes:

  1. Special Component Plan [SCPs]
  2. Special Central Assistance [SCA]
  3. Scheduled Development Corporation (SCDCs).

1. Special Component Plan [SCP]: The main objective of this plan is to assist the SC families to improve their income substantially. This plan envisages identification of schemes of development which would benefit SCs, quantification of funds from all programmes of specific targets as to the number of families to be benefited from these programmes.

2. Special Central Assistance [SCA]: The main purpose of this scheme is to provide additional assistance to the States from the Centre to help the economic advancement of the maximum possible number of Schedule Caste families living below the poverty line.

3. Scheduled Caste Development Corporation (SCDC): These SCDCs provide money and loan assistance to SC families and help them to increase the flow of funds from financial institutions to SC families. These Corporations established in the States are expected to act as interface between the SC families and financial institutions including banks. Both the Central and the State Governments contribute grants to these SCDCs.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Explain the Tribal welfare programs in India.
Answer:
The following welfare programmes are implemented for the upliftment of tribals.

I. Economic Programmes: The amount allocated for the tribal welfare schemes in different plans go to prove, that tribal development is one of the priorities. The amount allocated in fifth plan was Rs. 1100 crore and it was Rs. 5535 crore and Rs. 10.500 crore in the sixth plan (1980-85) and seventh plan (1985-90) respectively.

(a) The 20-point Programme: The 20-Point Programme too focused attention on the development of Scheduled Tribes. Economic assistance was lent to tribal families to move above the poverty line.

(b) Establishment of LAMPS and TRIFED: To relieve the tribals of the bonded labour system. The bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act. 1976 was passed. That apart, to loosen the grip of the moneylenders and the middlemen on the tribals, the government organized “Large Area Multi-Purpose Societies” (Lamps). These were intended to provide adequate credit facilities for- productive purposes.

These were the Co-operative societies helping tribals in selling their agricultural and minor forest produce and providing them with improved varieties of seeds, manure, -insecticides, agricultural implements, etc. For marketing the tribal produce, the “Tribal Co-operative Marketing Development Federation of India” (TRIFED) has been set up. It works to eliminate exploitation of tribals and realization of better prices.

(c) Assistance to Agriculture: Tribals cultivation is uneconomic and also unscientific. They are being persuaded to take up scientific agriculture. Agricultural implements, manure, seeds and loan facilities are being provided and tribals are also given land rights.

II. Educational Programmes: They are also provided with free hostels, faculties such as free tuition, stipends, scholarships, mid-day meals, text-books, etc. “Ashrama Schools” with lands attached to them and “Technical Schools” have come up in tribal areas. They are also given training free of cost in poultry, forestry, animal husbandry, Apiculture, etc. Tribal-students taking competitive examinations are given pre-examination training free of cost.

There are pre-examination training centers and coaching- cum-guidance centers exclusively meant for students of Scheduled Tribes. National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) and Central Institue of Indian languages Mysore have already prepared teaching module for more than 60 tribal dialects to popularize education among the tribals.

III. Research Programmes: For the study of tribal in scientific way Tribal Research centres have been set up. There are at present 11 such centres in India. To co-ordinate their activates, a 30 member “Central Research Advisory Council” has also been set up. The council provides guidance on policy formulation.

IV. Health, Housing and Other Schemes: Under various schemes, houses and sites have been given to the tribals. There are a number of voluntary organizations working for the welfare of tribals. For instance, Dr. H. Sudarshan’s Vivekananda Girijana Kendra and Karuna Trust has done a commendable work in the upliftment of Soliga, a tribal community inhabiting Biligiri Ranga Hills in Chamarajnagar district of Karnataka. They are helping in Education, Health and Empowerment of Soligas.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Briefly explain the Shri Mahila Griha Udyog Lijjat and SEWA.
Answer:
Shri Mahila Griha Udyog Lijjat Papad, popularly known as Lijjat, is an Indian women’s cooperative involved in manufacturing of various fast moving consumer goods. The organisation’s main objective is empowerment of women by providing them employment opportunities. Started in the year 1959 with a seed capital of Rs. 80, Lijjat has an annual turnover of around Rs. 6.50 billion in 2010, with Rs. 290 million in exports. It provides employment to around 42,000 women. Lijjat is headquartered in Mumbai and has 67 branches all over India.

Lijjat is primarily a cottage industry, urban by its origin, that has spread to the rural areas. It is considered as one of the most remarkable entrepreneurial initiatives by women that are identified with female empowerment in India. Self-Employed Women Association – SEWA: Self-Employed Women Association has made significant contribution to the empowerment of women. It has strived to integrate self-employed poor women with the mainstream economy through the twin strategies of struggle and development.

Women are the worst victims of poverty. Poor women generally experience a The self-employed women of Ahmadabad organized and formed the Self-Employed Women Association – (SEWA) in 1972. The motivation and guidance was furnished by the leadership Ela Bhatt. SEWA has strived to create conditions of full employment and self-reliance for all its members.

The central concern of SEWA has been to secure the existence of its members by furnishing financial support in the form of micro-credit to self-employed women. In order to provide finance facility at the earliest The Shri Mahila SEWA Sahakari Bank Ltd. Was registered in 1974. In the beginning SEWA Bank started functioning in urban areas; later on it extended its operations to rural areas. SEWA began its activities in rural areas in 1975.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Explain the role of Mahatma Gandhi and Dr. B. R. Ambedkar in eradicating untouchability?
Answer:
Freedom struggle and eradication of untouchability were both very important for Gandhij i. He preached against untouchability and has set a model by his deeds and words. He himself lived with the Harijans and shared their sorrows and sufferings. He made them participate in worships, prayers, keerthanas. He wrote extensively in ‘Harijan’ and ‘Young India’ about the condition of Harijans and propagated in favour of various legal provisions against several kinds of injustice meted out to the untouchables.

He cleaned the streets and toilets of Scheduled Castes. By his selfless, sincere self effort he created awareness among the Harijans regarding cleanliness, sanitation and health. After 1931, Indian National Congress set up a council to consider the problem of untouchability.

It was due to ceaseless effort of this council that ‘Harijan Sevak Sangh’ came into existence. The sangh also provides the Harijan students with financial assistance and scholarships. Kasturaba Balika Ashram in Delhi, Harijan Balika Vidyalaya at Sabarmati are just two examples . of schools started by the Sangh for the cause of female education. The Sangh has branches all over the country and it is maintaining 120 boarding houses. Gandhiji called untouchables as UED Harijana and popularised the word Harijana.

The word Harijana was first coined by Gujarathi saint Narasimha Mehatha. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, popularly known as Baba Saheb stood for the emancipation of untouchables. Being the chief architect of the constitution, he has legalised the upliftment of the untouchables through the inclusion of many articles. The constitution of India guarantees, protects, and safeguards the rights and interests of all in general and of untouchables in particular.

Ambedkar wanted to instil in the hearts of untouchables, the ideas of self-dignity, self-confidence and self-respect. For the very same purpose he had started the ‘Bahishikrita Hitakarini Sabha’. The movement he had started was known as ‘self-respect movement’. In order to attain a respectable position in society, he asked untouchables to follow five principles, i.e., Pancha Sutras’. They are; Self Improvement, Self-Dependence Self-Respect Self-Confidence Self Progress.

In order to create awareness among the untouchables Ambedkar started a paper called Mooka Nayaka. He brought them under one banner; organized ‘All-India Depressed Classed Conference’ in 1942 at Nagpur. In his Dalit movement, Ambedkar suggested three principles: Education, Agitation and Organization.

Question 7.
Explain the role of sulabha souchalaya in Empowering scavengers?
Answer:
Sulabh International is an Indian based social service organization which works to promote Rehabilitation of manual Scavengers human rights, environmental sanitation, non-conventional sources of energy, waste management and social reforms through education. Sulabh was founded by Dr. Bindeshwar Pathak in 1970.

Innovations include a scavenging- free two-pit flush toilet (Sulabh Shauchalaya); safe and hygienic on-site human waste disposal technology; a new concept of maintenance and construction of pay-&-use public toilets, popularly known as Sulabh Complexes with bath, laundry and urinal facilities being used by about ten million people every day and generates bio-gas and bio-fertilizer produced from excreta-based plants, low maintenance wastewater treatment plants of medium capacity for institutions and industries.

Other work includes setting up public school in New Delhi and also a network of centres all over the country to train boys and girls from poor families, specially scavengers, so that they can compete in open job market. The United Nations Centre for Human Settlements has praised Sulabh’s sanitation system as a “Global Urban Best Practice” at the Habitat-II conference held at Istanbul (Turkey), in June, 1996.

The Economic and Social Council of the United Nations granted Special Consultative Status to Sulabh in recognition of its work. Sulabh claims their plan on human waste disposal and social reforms has provided jobs directly to 35,000 people, and made 240 towns scavenging free.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Explain the strategies of Women Empowerment.
Answer:
The strategies for empowerment of women can be classified as legal, social and economic.
(1) Legal Strategies: After the independence several laws were drafted with the aim to treat women on par with men. Some of the legislation are as follows :

  1. Hindu Marriage Act of 1955
  2. Hindu Succession Act of 1956.
  3. Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act of 1956.
  4. Dowry Prohibition (Amendment) Act 1984
  5. Domestic Violence Act 2005 etc.

(2) Social Strategies: Social strategies are as follow:

  1. Establishment of Women Welfare Services.
  2. Legal literacy of women through mass media.
  3. Help of neighbours to be sought in the cases of abused women.
  4. Conducting public education and awareness programmes in order to help women.
  5. Males are also to be educated to realize their new roles in the changed times and the necessity of their own contribution to family life.

(3) Economic Strategies: Economic strategies are as follow:

  1. Educational and vocational training for women which enable them to seek jobs and become economically dependent.
  2. Technological aids that will be labour saving devices and will lighten women’s burden of heavy daily tasks.
  3. Train women in both formal and non-formal education.
  4. Credit facilities to start small-scale industries/self-employment.
  5. Programmes of placing women in important positions at various levels.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 2 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion

Karnataka 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 2 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion

You can Download Chapter 2 Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

2nd PUC Sociology Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Who Popularized the term Harijan?
Answer:
MahathamaGandhiji.

Question 2.
Who Advocated the policy of Isolation?
Answer:
Verrier Elwing.

Question 3.
Who Advocated the Policy of Tribal Panchasheela?
Answer:
Jawaharlal Nehru.

Question 4.
Name anyone Backward Classes Commission appointed by the Government of India.
Answer:
Mandal Commission.

Question 5.
Who Introduced the concept of Dominant Caste?
Answer:
M.N Srinivas.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Mention any one category of backward classes in India.
Answer:
Scheduled castes.

Question 7.
Who wrote “Caste and race in India”?
Answer:
G.S. Ghurye.

Question 8.
Who wrote “People of India”?
Answer:
Herbert Risley.

Question 9.
Who wrote caste in India?
Answer:
J.H. Hutton.

Question 10.
Who wrote “History of caste in India”?
Answer:
S.V. Kethkar.

Question 11.
Who called tribals as Backward Hindus?
Answer:
G.S. Ghurye.

Question 12.
Who was the chairman of First Backward class commission in India?
Answer:
Kalalker.

Question 13.
Who was the chairman of Second Backward class commission in India?
Answer:
B.P. Mandal.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 14.
In Karnataka which was the First Backward class commission?
Answer:
Naganna Gowda Commission.

Question 15.
Who is the present chairman of permanent Backward class commission of Karnataka?
Answer:
H. Kantharaj.

Question 16.
Which state has large number of scheduled Tribes? ‘
Answer:
Madhya Pradesh (23.27).

Question 17.
Which state has highest percentage of Scheduled Tribes?
Answer:
Mizoram (94.75).

2nd PUC Sociology Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion Two Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is social capital?
Answer:
Social capital in the form of networks of contacts and social associations. Someone with influential relatives and friends (social capital) may – through access to good advice, recommendations or information – manage to get a well-paid job.

Question 2.
Name any two tribes of the southern zone.
Answer:
Kadu kuruba, Hakki-Pikki.

Question 3.
Define Tribe.
Answer:
Tribe in the dictionary of Anthropology is defined as “a social group Usually with a definite area, dialect, cultural homogeneity and unifying social organization. It may include several sub-groups such as sibs or villages”.

Question 4.
How is the word caste derived?
Answer:
The word caste is derived from the Spanish/Portuguese word “CASTA”, which means breed, Race, strain or a complex of hereditary qualities. The Portuguese applied the term to the classes of people in India known by name of Jati. The English word caste is a modification of the original term system CASTA.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Who coined the term Scheduled Caste?
Answer:
The term scheduled caste was coined by the Simon commission in 1928 which came to be used for the people described as untouchables and was used by the then Government of Indian Act 1935. According to Ambedkar, in early India, they were known as Broken men or outcastes. The British described them as “depressed classes”.

Question 6.
Define Prejudices.
Answer:
Prejudices refer to pre-conceived opinions or attitudes held by members of one group towards another. The word literally means ‘pre-judgement’, that is, an opinion formed in advance of any familiarity with the subject, before considering any available evidence.

Question 7.
Give the meaning of social inequality.
Answer:
Patterns of unequal access to social resources are commonly called social inequality.

Question 8.
Mention one definition of caste.
Answer:
M.N. SRINIVAS defines caste as a “Hereditary, endogamous, usually localized group, having a traditional association with an occupation and a particular position in the local hierarchy of castes. Relation between castes is governed, by the concept of pollution and purity, and generally maximum commensality occurs within the caste.

Question 9.
Mention two dominant castes of Karnataka.
Answer:
Vokkaligas and Lingayath.

Question 10.
Name any two Tribals mentioned in Vedic literature.
Answer:
Bharathas and Kinnaras.

Question 11.
Mention any two changes in Caste system.
Answer:
Occupational and food restriction are relaxed

Question 12.
Mention any two social reform movements.
Answer:
Brahma Samaja, Arya Samaja.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
What is social exclusion?
Answer:
Social exclusion refers to ways in which individuals may become cut off from full involvement in the wider society.

Question 14.
Mention any two causes for changes in the caste system.
Answer:
Education and Industrialization.

Question 15.
Mention any two determinants of dominant caste.
Answer:
Preponderates Numerically over other castes and high

  1. Ritual status in local.
  2. hierarchy

Question 16.
Write any two problems of Scheduled Caste.
Answer:
Restriction to access public facilities and Restriction to Read Holy Scriptures.

Question 17.
Mention the three zones of tribals.
Answer:
The North and the Northeastern Tribal zone.

  1. The Central Tribal Zone
  2. The Southern Tribal Zone

Question 18.
Mention any two problems of Scheduled tribes.
Answer:
Geographical Isolation and Exploitation ofTribalbyNon-Tribal.

Question 19.
Mention the three views on the tribal welfare.
Answer:
The policy of Isolation, The policy of Assimilation and policy of Integration.

Question 20.
Give any two criteria of backwardness.
Answer:
Educational Criteria

  1. Children between 5 and 15 years never attending school 25% above the state average.
  2. Student drop-out rate 25% above the state average.

Question 21.
State any two reform movements affects the caste system.
Answer:
Brahma Samaja, Sathya Shodaka Samaja.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 22.
Define the concept of dominant caste.
Answer:
According to M.N. Srinivas “A caste is dominant when it preponderates numerically over the other castes, when it also wields preponderant economic and political power, and when it enjoys a high ritual status in local caste hierarchy”.

Question 23.
Define the Backward class or caste.
Answer:
The term backward class refers to those social groups or classes or castes, which are characterized by low literacy or lack of education, poverty, exploitation, non representation in services and untouchability. It may be also called as a social category which consists of all the socially, educationally, economically and politically backward groups, castes and tribes.

Question 24.
State any two scheduled castes of Karnataka.
Answer:
Holayas and Bhories.

Question 25.
State any two scheduled Tribes of Karnataka.
Answer:
Kadu Kuruba and Siddis.

Question 26.
Write any two definition of tribes.
Answer:
Tribe in the dictionary of Anthropology is defined as “a social group usually with a definite area, dialect, cultural homogeneity and unifying social organization. It may include several sub-groups such as sibs or villages”.

Question 27.
State the two Backward class commissions of India.
Answer:
Kalalker commission and Mandal Commission.

Question 28.
Mention any two Backward class commissions of Karnataka.
Answer:
L.G. Havannor Commission, Venkataswamy Commission.

Question 29.
Define other Backward classes or castes?
Answer:
Other Backward Classes (Castes) comprise the non-untouchables, lower and intermediary castes, who were traditionally engaged in agriculture, animal husbandry, and handicrafts, services, and other castes. The OBCs do not constitute a homogeneous category. There are many divisions within the overall category. The other backward classes are not classes at all, but group of communities. The OBCs constitute 51% of the total population of the country.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 30.
What do you mean by creamy layer?
Answer:
Creamy layer is used to refer to the relatively wealthier and better educated members of the Other Backward Classes (OBC’s) who are not eligible for Government sponsored Educational and professional benefits. The term was first introduced by the Sattanathan Commission in 1971 which directed that the ‘creamy layer’ should be excluded from the reservation (quotas) of civil posts and services granted to the OBCs.

Question 31.
How many caster and Tribes are enlisted in Karnataka as SCS & STS?
Answer:
101 SCs and 50 STs.

2nd PUC Sociology Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion Five Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain social inequality and social exclusion.
Answer:
Patterns of unequal access to social resources are commonly called social inequality. Social inequality is not the outcome of innate or ‘natural’ differences between people, but is produced by the society in which they live. People often face discrimination and exclusion because of their gender, religion, ethnicity, language, caste and disability. People often harbour prejudices about other social groups.

Often these ideas reflect prejudices. Prejudices refer to pre-conceived opinions or attitudes held by members of one group towards another. The word literally means ‘pre-judgement’, that is, an opinion formed in advance of any familiarity with the subject, before considering any available evidence. Social exclusion refers to ways in which individuals may become cut off from full involvement in the wider society.

It focuses attention on a broad range of factors that prevent individuals or groups from having opportunities open to the majority of the population. Social exclusion can be defined as a situation in which multiple deprivations prevent individuals from participating in important activities. Thus socially excluded might be unable to find work, or actively participate in a society. Social exclusion is not accidental but systematic – it is the result of evolved structural features of society.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Briefly explain changes in caste system during British rule.
Answer:
The impact of British rule on caste system in India may be studied under the following heads.

  1. Introduction of Universalistic Legal system
  2. Impact of English Education
  3. Impact of Social Reform Movement
  4. Influence of New Social Formation
  5. Impact of Freedom Struggle
  6. Impact of Industrialization and Urbanization

1. Introduction of Universalistic Legal System: The establishment of British courts removed authority from the purview of caste panchayats. They introduced a new principle of justice, according to which all are equal before the law, and the caste panchayat in proportion lost their former importance. Some of the legislation which brought changes in the caste system can be made as the, following.

  1. The Caste Disabilities Removal Act of 1850 This act served to remove some of the disabilities associated with castes including the practice of untouchability.
  2. The Hindu Widow Remarriage Act 1856, This act made legal provision for the Hindu widows to remarry.
  3. The Special Marriage Act of 1872 which considered marriage as a civil contract and legalized inter-caste or inter-religious marriage.
  4. Other Legislative and Administrative Measures. In 185 8 British government announced that all schools maintained by the government shall be open to all the classes of its subjects without any discrimination. In 1923, the government issued a resolution that no grants would be paid to any aided educational institutions, which refused admission to the children of the depressed classes.

In 1925, a bill was passed by the Madras legislative council, throwing open all public office, well, tank, or place of public resort, to all classes of people including the depressed. Montogue-Chelmshford reforms made constitutional provisions for the special representation of depressed classes in the local as well as in the legislative bodies.

2. Impact of English Education: British education was based on scientific, secular and universal principles. It made an accessible to everyone, irrespective of caste or community, who could pay for it. It remained liberal in content. It propagated principles such as the liberty equality and fraternity.

As education spread to the lower strata, it kindled libertarian impulses among them. Western education provided an indispensable passport to the new economic opportunities. Members from the lower castes became different professionals and took new commercial opportunities offered by the western education.

3. Impact of Social Reform Movements: Social reforms movements brought changes in ‘the caste system in British period. They were set out to eradicate caste and to establish a casteless and, classless society. They were against the fictitious difference between caste. They attacked the tendencies of separatism and Inequality in the caste system. Some important social reform movements are:

  1. The Brahma Samaj founded by Raja Ram Mohan Roy
  2. Prarthana Samaja’s Athma Rama Pandurang Justice M. Ranade
  3. The Arya Samaja founded by Swamy Dayananda Saraswathi
  4. The Ramakrishna Mission represents the synthesis of the ancient and the modern thoughts. Swamy Vivekananda started Ramakrishna Mission.
  5. Other Reform Movements such as Annie Beasant’s Theosophical society, Maharshi Arabindo Ghosh’s Divine life Society and etc. Thus all these organizations aimed at the destruction of caste system and social re-construction of Indian society.

4. Impact of New Social Formations: The new economic system brought about a new grouping of the population in the economic sphere. The Indians could be differentiated into such categories as capitalists, workers, peasants, propritiators, merchants, tenants, land lords, doctors, lawyers, teachers and technicians Each category being composed of individuals belonging to various castes, but having identical material and political interests. This division weakened the vertical caste lines.

Thus there came into existence such organization as Mill Owners Associations, All India Trade Union Congress, All India Kishan Sabha and etc., these groups struggled for their own interests. In the process of this struggle they developed a new consciousness and outlook and a new solidarity, which slowly weakened the caste consciousness.

5. Impact of Freedom Struggle: The growth of the nationalist movement played a great role in weakening caste consciousness. In India, the presence of foreign rule was a permanent stimulus to the Indians to unite on a national basis. Thus the growth of the national movement undermined the caste consciousness.”

6. Impact of Industrialization and Urbanization: The growth of Industries destroyed the old craft and provided new ways to earn a livelihood. Occupational mobility and movement from compact ancestral village started breaking down in the caste norms. New transport facilities, specially crowed trains and buses, which threw together millions of people of all castes and left little room for the necessities of ceremonial purity.

Taboos on food and water gradually weakening when industrial workers belonging to various castes started working under one roof. The demarcation observed by the members of different castes regarding eating food, physical contact with those of other castes, steadily crumbled in cities.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Explain the determinants of dominant caste.
Answer:
M.N. Srinivas introduces the concept of “Dominant Castes” which is of great help in understanding inter-caste relations and conflicts in Indian society. According to M.N. Srinivas “A caste is dominant when it preponderates numerically over the other castes, when it also wields preponderant economic and political power, and when it enjoys a high ritual status in local caste hierarchy”. Nature of Dominant Castes

(a) Determinants of Dominance: A dominant caste should own a sizeable amount of the land and it should enjoy greater economic and political power. In addition to this, a number of educated persons found in the caste and the nature of high occupation people pursue in the caste add to the dominant caste. When a caste enjoys all the elements of dominance, i.e. numerical strength, economic and political power, high ritual status, it is said to be dominant in a decisive way.

(b) Distribution of Dominance: Different elements of dominance are distributed differently among different castes in a village. For example, a caste, which is numerically high, maybe poor and lacking in political power, while a ritually high status caste may be rich economically and lacking strength in numbers. It can also be said that when a caste enjoys one form of dominance, it is frequently able to acquire other form of dominance.

(c) Dominance is Not Purely a Local Phenomenon: As M.N. Srinivas says in Rural India dominance is purely a local matter. A caste group, which has only a family or two in a particular village but enjoys decisive dominance in the wider region. Because the caste members of these families maintain a network of ties with the dominant relatives found in the wider region.

(d) New Factors Affecting Dominance of Caste: According to M.N. Srinivas, western education, jobs in the administration and urban sources of income are also significant in contributing to the prestige and power of particular caste groups in the village.

(e) Dominant Caste at the State Levels: Dominant castes, such as Lingayats and Vokkaligas in Karnataka, Reddys and Kammas in Andhra Pradesh, Nairs and Ezhavas in Kerala, Gounder, Padayachi and Mudaliars in Tamil Nadu, Marathas, Brahmins and Mahars in Maharashtra, Rajputs, Jats, Takurs, Gujars, Baniyas, Bhoomihars etc., in the North Indian states.

Question 4.
Discuss the changing concept of tribe.
Answer:
(a) Tribe as Homogeneous, Self-contained Unit: The Tribals are believed to be the original inhabitants of Indian Peninsula. They are generally called ‘adivasis’ which means original inhabitants. Vedic literature mentions various Tribes like the Bharathas, the Bhils, the Kolias, the Kirathas, the Kinnaras, the Matsyas, and the Nishadas. A Tribe was a homogeneous a self-contained unit without any hierarchical discrimination.

Each Tribe was organized under a chief. Most capable was elected as the chief and his continuation as military leader depended much upon his skill in war and defence. This process heralded the emergence of little republics and monarchies. Each Tribe had its own system of administration. Tribal chief exercised considerable influence over social, economic and religious affairs of the Tribe. Tribal councils were vested with legislative, judicial and executive powers.

(b) Tribe as a Political Division: The concept Tribe derives its origin from the Latin term ‘Tribuz’ means three division. For Romans, the Tribe was a political division. The Tribe was the highest political unit comprising several districts which in turn were composed of class It was a territorial organization exercising control over its people. The territory under the domain of a particular Tribe was generally named after it.

Thus, it is presumed that the name Bharath is derived from the mighty Bharatha Tribe. Similarly, the matsya kingdom of 6th B. C. The Minas of Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh are believed to be the descendants of the matsya Tribe. Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura are named after the Mizo, the Naga and the Tripuri Tribes. Similarly, Santhal Paraganas, Gondawana, Lahaul and Kinnaur derive their names from the Santhalas, the Gondas, the Lahaulas and the kinnaras.

(c) Tribe as a Race: Race is used to designate a category of persons whose similar characteristics could be attributed to common descent. The Tribes in India broadly belong to three stocks namely, the Negritos, the Mongoloids and the MediterraneAnswer: The negritos are believed to be the earliest inhabitants of the Indian Peninsula. The traces of this race are found among the onges, Andamanese, jarwas of Andaman and Nicobar Islands and also among Kadars, Irulas and Paniyans of South-India.

Tribal people of the Sub-Himalayan region belong to the Mongoloid race. They are sub-divided into Palaeo-Mongoloid represented by Tribes living in Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Manipur and the Tibeto-Mangoloid represented by the Tribals living the Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh and Ladak (Jammu & Kashmir). A major portion of the Tribal population in India belongs to the Mediterranean stock.

They are generally known as the ‘Dravidians’, Tribes belonging to the Dravidian race are found both in southern parts and central parts of India. Dravidians are known as the original inhabitants of India. They speak Kannada, Tamil, Telugu and Malayalam or corrupt form of these languages.

(d) Tribe and Scheduled Tribe: With a view to have classified information about the Tribals, the Britishers conducted census operations in the tribal areas. A sub-heading called ‘Forest Tribes’ was formed under the category of ‘Agricultural and Pastoral Castes’ in the census report of 1891 by the Commissioner of Census J. A. Bains. Since then, in the subsequent census reports of 1901, 1911, 1921, 1931 and 1941 Tribals have been classified as ‘Animists’, ‘Tribal Animists’, ‘Hill and Forest Tribes’, ‘Primitive Tribes’ and ‘Tribes’ respectively.

As per Article 366 (25) of the Constitution of India, Scheduled Tribes means such Tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such Tribes. Article 342 empowers the President of India to specify the Scheduled Tribes by a public notification. The Parliament may, by law, include or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes any tribal community or part thereof in any state or union territory.

The foregone analysis makes it clear that the concept of Tribe has undergone a change from that of a political unit of older days to a group of people identified with poverty and backwardness. Though grouping together of tribal communities under the constitution has helped them in consolidating their position as a distinct ethnic, linguistic and cultural unity.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Explain the Geographical distribution of Indian tribes.
Answer:
(i) The North and the North-Eastern Tribal Zone This zone comprises the Sub-Himalayan Region and the Mountain Ranges of the North-Eastern Frontier of India, the Tista valley and the Jamuna-padma, portion of the Brahmaputra. It includes Himachal Pradesh, Northern UP, Sikkim and the seven states of the Northeast consisting of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Manipur and Tripura. They belong to the Mongoloid race and their language resembles the languages of Austric family.

This zone is inhabited by the Tribes such as Gurung, Limbu, Lepcha, Aka, Mishmi, Mikir, Rabha, Kachari, Garo, Khasi, Chakmas, Naga, Angami, Serna, Pham, Chang and so on. Spinning, weaving and agriculture are the predominant occupations of this zone. Nagas are having patriarchal family: Khasi and Gharos are having matriarchal family. Some tribes of this zone practice polyandry. However, monogamy is the usual practice in this zone. Nagas are the occasional head-hunters.

(2) The Central Tribal Zone: The central zone comprises plateau and mountains belt between the Indo-Gangetic plains to the North and the Krishna River in the South. It includes West Bengal, Orissa, Bihar, Southern UP, Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra. The important Tribes among these are the Gonds of Madhya Pradesh, Bhils of Rajasthan, Santhalas of Chotanagpur, Ho of Singhbhumi, Manbhumi, Khond and Kharia of Orissa, Sawara of Ganjam and the Mundas. Madhya Pradesh has the largest concentration of tribal population (23.27%). Santhalas of this zone are more advanced Tribe. Some of the Tribes are engaged in small-scale cottage industries and settled form of cultivation. Some of them live in very dense forests and difficult terrains.

(3) The Southern Tribal Zone These are the Tribes of South India (Andhra Pradesh, Tamilnadu, Karnataka, Kerala and two Union territories Andaman and Nicobar Islands and Lakshadweep). The Tribes of this zone are the original inhabitants of India and these people speak Dravidian languages. This zone consists of the Tribes like Chenchu, Kota, Kurumba, Badaga, Toda, Kadar, Malaya, Muthuran, Koya, Soliga, Kannikar, Paniya, Yeravas, Irula, Kadu Kuruba, Jenu Kuruba, Akki Pikki, etc.

Todas of Nilagiri practice fraternal polyandry and in some Tribes there is matriarchal type – of social organization. In the Andaman and Nicobar islands, there are six Tribes namely the great Andamanees, the Onges, the Sentinelese, the Jarwas represent the Negritos race and the Nicobaresand Shompens belong to the Mongoloids race. The Nicobares numbering about 22000 are comparatively an advanced Tribe and are settled in the Nicobar Islands. The remaining five Tribes are numerically very small and have been declared as the primitive Tribes.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
Discuss three views, on tribal welfare.
Answer:
The Tribal problems have been approached from three points. They are as follows:

  1. The Policy of Isolation
  2. The Policy of Assimilation
  3. The Policy of Integration.

(1) The Policy of Isolation: This policy favoured Isolation of Tribals from the mainstream society. J.H. Hutton, who was a commissioner for census of 1931, gave, a solution to the tribal problems of uncontrolled acculturation. He suggested the creation of self-governing tribal areas with free power of self-determination. Verrier Elwin suggested the creation of “National Parks” where the tribal people could safely live without being victims of Over-Hasty and Unregulated Process of Belief, and Civilization.

Both Hutton and Elwin were severely criticized for recommending this policy of Isolation, which was looked upon as proposal to create a museum or a zoo, instead of helping the tribal people to utilize the resources of knowledge and improve the conditions of their life.

(2) The Policy of Assimilation: The social reformers like Takkar Bapa, G.S. Ghurye some voluntary organizations and Christian missionaries advocated this policy. They have recommended for the assimilation of these tribal groups either into Christianity or into Hinduism. According to Takkar Bapa tribal problem could be solved only through contact with more advanced people. Separatism and Isolation seem to be dangerous theories and they strike at the root of National Solidarity.

(3) The Policy of Integration: The only approach that would make available to the Tribes the benefit of modem advanced society and yet retain their separate identity is Integration. This policy aims at developing a creative adjustment between Tribes and non-Tribes of India leading to responsible partnership. Pandit Nehru, M.N. Srinivas, D.N. Mujumdhar and others here had supported this view.

Question 7.
Explain tribal Panchasheela.
Answer:
Jawaharlal Nehru laid down the policy of Integration to five principles (1957) in his foreword note to Verrier Elwin’s book, called “The Philosophy of NEFA” (NEFA- North East Frontier of Assam). The tribal panchasheela as enunciated by him as follows:

  1. People should ‘develop along the lines of their own genius ‘ and we should avoid imposing anything on them. We should try to encourage in every way their own traditional – arts and culture.
  2. Tribal rights in land and forests should be respected.
  3. We should try to train and build up a team of their own people to work, administration and development. Some technical personnel from outside will, no doubt be needed especially in the beginning. But we should avoid introducing too many outsiders into tribal territory.
  4. We should not over-administer these areas or overwhelm them with a multiplicity of schemes. We should rather work through and not in rivalry to their own social and cultural institutions.
  5. We should judge the results not by statistics or the amount of money spent but by the quality of human character that is evolved.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 8.
Explain the criteria of Backwardness according to Mandal Commission.
Answer:
The Second Backward Classes Commission came into existence in 1979, under the chairmanship of B. P. Mandal. The Mandal Commission in its report has listed 3743 castes and communities in the central list. The commission has recommended 27% reservation for other backward castes. One of the primary objectives of the Mandal Commission was to find out the criteria to be used to determine the socially, economically and educationally backward people. The commission found out 11 criteria for determining the social, economic and educational backwardness of the communities. These criteria fall into three categories as mentioned below.

A. Social Criteria:

  1. Social backwardness as considered by others.
  2. Dependence mainly on manual labor for livelihood.
  3. Marriage of 25% girls and 10% boys in rural areas, and of 10% girls and 5% boys in urban area below 17 years.
  4. Female work participation 25% above the state average.

B. Educational Criteria:

  1. Children between 5 and 15 years never attending school 25% above the state average.
  2. Student drop-out rate 25% above the state average.
  3. Matriculation rate 25% below the state average.

C. Economic Criteria:

  1. Average value of family assets 25% below the state average.
  2. Families living in kachcha houses 25% above the state average.
  3. Sources of drinking water beyond500 meters for more than 50% of the families.
  4. Consumption of loan by households25% above the state average.

These criteria were differently weighted; three points each for social indicators, two points each for educational indicators, and one point each for economic indicators, adding up to 22 points. Any caste getting more than 11 points was counted as backward. The criteria of backwardness recommended by the Mandal Commission are widely applied today to determine the relative backwardness of a community.

Question 9.
Explain the problem of other Backward classes or castes.
Answer:
Other Backward castes/classes have been suffering from number of problem since a long time. The problems, which are common to all OBC’s are as follows :

(1) Other Backward Castes (Classes) constitute an Indefinite, Abstract and Unorganized Category: First Backward class commission known as Kalalker Commission was appointed to prepare a list of communities. Kalalker’s report had listed 2399 castes as backward castes and then Government had rejected this list. The mandal commission (Second Backward Class Commission) listed 3743 castes and communities as Backward classes.

Most of the OBC communities are strangers to one another. They do not have common awareness regarding their own problems. Conflicts do arises among themselves regarding the issue of “Backwardness”. No single All-India level organization has been established. These groups are scattered all over India and exhibit lot of diversities and difficult to unite them.

(2) Economic Backwardness: Most of OBCs are economically backward like SC and ST. A large number of poor, unemployed, Under-employed are found in this category. Only a few people are self employed, but majority of them are working for poor wages. Sizable numbers are economically exploited.

(3) Educational and Social Backwardness: Illiterates are found in a large number in this category. Higher education among OBCs at low level. Even though OBCs are not directly the victims of untouchability, but lot of social distance prevails between these and so called forward castes.

(4) Politically Unorganized: OBCs are comparatively unorganized because OBCs do not comprise a single caste. Most of these castes spreaded across the nation. No single backward caste numerically dominant in any one province. Hence they are not able to work as powerful “Pressure Groups” at the all India level.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 10.
Write a note on creamy layer.
Answer:
Creamy layer is used to refer to the relatively wealthier and better educated members of the Other Backward Classes (OBC’s) who are not eligible for Government sponsored Educational and professional benefits. The term was first introduced by the Sattanathan Commission in 1971 which directed that the ‘creamy layer’ should be excluded from the reservation (quotas) of civil posts and services granted to the OBCs.

The Government’s decision to implement the mandal commission report on reservation for the backward castes/class was referred to the Supreme Court, which gave its judgement on November 15, 1992. The Court accepted the policy of 27 percent reservation for the backward castes/ classes, though it gave certain direction for change in this policy.

(IThe creamy layer of backward castes/ classes should be excluded, (2) Armed forces and sensitive higher civilian posts (like Scientists, University Professors, Pilots., etc) should be kept outside the purview of caste reservation, (3) The Supreme Court recognised only 1238 castes/classes as OBC and reservation only in first appointments, (4) The court directed that the reservation quota should not go beyond 50% (SC + ST + OBC: 15.50% + 7.50% + 27% = 50).

Creamy layer was kept out of the quota as directed by the Supreme Court and high posts in the creamy layer (like President, Vice President, Supreme Court, High Court Judges, Class I Officers, Members of PSUs, CEC, CAG and wards of officers working in the World Bank or International organisation etc) were also identified.

The officers working in public sector undertakings professionals, like doctors, lawyers, chartered accountants, income tax consultants, architects and computer specialists, whose annual income was more than Rs one lakh were also included in the creamy laver. However, political posts (like PM, Union Ministers, CMs, Ministers, Governors and MPs, MLAs and MLCs were not included in the creamy layer category.

Backward class movement in Karnataka – The backward class movement in Karnataka is a desire of the under-privileged people to develop their own potentialities and contribute to the economic development of the nation. In every society some groups of people are higher and some are lower due to the opportunities they have in general. By such opportunities well-off people equip themselves and pursue careers which give them prestige and profit. By contrast, the lower or other backward classes have no opportunities to equip themselves.

A new awareness arose among the non-Brahmins in the princely state of Mysore. Vokkaligas, Lingayats and Muslims of Mysore had realized their position of relative deprivation as against the Brahmins. By 1917, these groups form an alliance called PrajamitraMandali in 1918, this mandali pleaded Maharaja of Mysore for the representation in legislature, reservation in posts of public services and educational institutions.

In 1918, a committee of six non-official members presided over by Sir Leslie Miller. Miller committee recommended the acceptance of all the demands. Since then Backward Classes in princely Mysore state have availed benefits in the field of education, employment and political arena.

(A) Naganna Gowda Commission: The Karnataka Government appointed a backward class commission in 1960 under the Chairmanship of Dr. Naganna Gowda. It is the First Backward Class Commission in Karnataka. The commission has submitted its report on 1961, which recommends 15% for SCs, 3% for STs and 50% OBCs, providing total 68% of reservation. The government attempted to implement the report was stayed by the Supreme Court. However in 1963 the government issued an order guaranteeing 15% of reservation to SCs, 3% STs and 30% to OBCs.

(B) L. G Havanoor Commission: In 1972 the government has appointed the second backward class commission headed by Sri L. G. Havanoor. This commission in its report submitted in 1975 stated that though more than 75% of the people in the state belonged to backward classes and deserved reservation facilities. There was no constitutional provision for giving it. Hence, it made provision for up to 50% reservation. Government made provision for 58% reservation. However it was challenged in Supreme Court and govt, gave a submission to court stating to initiate a new commission.

(C) Venkataswamy Commission: In 1983, the government has appointed the Venkataswamy commission, which gave its report in 1986. The report created wide spread dissatisfaction. The government decided not to implement the report but to establish a new commission to find an amicable settlement to this problem.’

(D) Chinnappa Reddy Commission: The government instituted the Chinnappa Reddy commission in 1990, which has been comparatively more widely welcomed. The commission seems to have tried its best to uphold social justice. In Karnataka, the SCs and STs together enjoyed 18% while the OBCs quota is 32%.’ Based on the Mandal commission’s report, the supreme court of India gave directions to establish a permanent Backward Classes Commission in the centre as well as in states and union territories.

Accordingly, a permanent backward classes commission was set up in Karnataka Sri K. Narayana Rai (1994-1997), Prof, Ravi Verma Kumar (1997-2000), Sri Muniraju(2001-2003), Sri Siddalingaih(2003-2006), Dr. C. S. Dwarakanath (2007-2010)N. Shankarappa (2011 -13) headed the Backward Classes Commission in Karnataka. At present H. Kantharaj is the chairman of Karnataka state Back word class commission. The commission recommends for inclusion or exclusion of a caste in the backward class list. In Karnataka 101 and 51 Triber are enlisted as scheduled caster and scheduled Tribes Respectively.

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Social Inequality, Exclusion and Inclusion Ten Marks Questions and Answers

Question 11.
Define caste system and Explain the characteristics of caste system.
Answer:
Life of every member of the Indian society is to a large extent influenced by three systems viz., joint family, caste system and village community. They influence one’s occupation, food dress, habits, philosophy and marriage etc. The study of caste system is important because caste in India is an all pervasive and deep rooted social institution. Definitions of Caste

1. Herbert Risley has defined caste as “A collection of families of or a group of families bearing a common name, claiming a common descent from a mythical ancestor, human or divine, professing to follow the same hereditary calling and regarding by those who are competent to give an opinion as forming a single homogeneous community”.

2. S. V. Kethkar in his work “History of Caste in India”, “A caste is a group having two characteristics 1) Membership is confined to those who are born of members. 2) The members are forbidden by an inexorable social law to marry outside the group (Endogamy)”. G. S. Ghurye explains the features of caste system in his book “Caste and Race in India”, which are as follow;

1. Caste as a Segmental Division of Society: The society is divided into various castes with a well developed life of their own. The membership in caste is determined by birth. Caste has hereditary status, which is determined by birth. Each caste has a council of its own known as caste panchayat. Caste panchayts imposed certain restriction on social intercourse marriage commensal, occupational. These restrictions each caste had its own way of life. Violation of caste norms attached punishment from the caste panchayath depending on violation of caste norms.

2. Hierarchy: The whole society is divided into distinct castes with a concept of high and low, or superior and inferior is associated with this gradation or ranking. The Brahmins were placed at the top of the hierarchy and regarded as pure. The degraded castes or untouchables have occupied the other end of the hierarchy. They were subjected to manifold disabilities.

3. Restrictions on Feeding and Social Intercourse: There are minute rules as to what sort of food or drink can be accepted by a person and from what castes, who should accept food or drink at the hands of whom is defined by caste.

4. Civil and Religious Disabilities and Privileges of the Different Sections: Segregation of individual castes or groups of castes in a village is the most obvious mark of civil privileges and disabilities and it has prevailed in a more or less definite form all over India. Generally, untouchables were made to live on the outskirts. Certain parts of the town or village are inaccessible to certain castes. Restriction on using of public, roads, water facilities and Hotels etc.

5. Restrictions on Occupations: According to G.S. Ghurye every caste was associated with a traditional occupation. The technical skill of the occupation was made hereditary. Since a distinction was made between occupation being clean and unclean. The hereditary occupations reflected a caste status.

6. Restrictions on Marriage (Endogamy): Finally every caste also maintained its rank and status upon marriage relation. Inter caste marriages were prohibited. Hence they practiced endogamy. Caste is an endogamous group. “Endogamy is the essence of the caste system. Every caste was segmented into sub-castes, and these sub castes were the units of endogamy.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 12.
Explain the problems of Scheduled Castes.
Answer:
I. Social Disabilities:

  • Denial or restriction of access to public facilities, such as wells, schools and roads.
  • Restrictions on movement were also imposed. Untouchables were not allowed to walk on roads and streets within prescribed distance of the houses or persons of higher castes.

II. Economic Disabilities:

  • Exclusion from any honorable and most profitable employment and fixity to dirty or
    menial occupations. –
  • Restrictions on style of life, especially in the use of goods indicating comfort or luxury. Riding on horseback, use of bicycles, the wearing of gold and silver ornaments, all of these were forbidden in many areas.
  • Liability to unremunerated labour for the higher castes and to the performance of menial services for them.

III. Religious Disabilities:

In Indian untouchables were subjected to various religious disabilities. They were prevented from entering temples, Monasteries and cremation grounds and could not make use of them because it was believed that these places would become impure by their touch and presence. The untouchable could hot worship in the temples. Their presence was considered sufficient to defile the God. They were not allowed to read and listen to the Holy Scriptures.

D. N. Majumdar summarized the position of the untouchable castes by maintaining that these castes are not depressed in all states, the same caste may be depressed in one area but may not suffer from any social and political disability in another. The disabilities are rigid where the depressed castes are numerically small, and fewer or on the decline where they numerically strong.

Where the higher castes are not numerous and the depressed castes form the bulk of Population, the degree of ceremonial pollution observed is very small and often we find few disabilities attached to the inferior castes. A caste may be depressed but individual, members of the caste who have succeeded in life and who are wealthy and own property have been admitted to a higher social status.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
Explain the problems of scheduled tribes in detail.
Answer:
The problems of Tribals are as follows:

1. Geographical Isolation: Tribals are the people who have been living in remote areas . and hill tracks, without any access to socio-economic inputs. For centuries Tribals were isolated from the rest of the community, which has also given them wide cultural variations. Their geographical isolation from the mainstream deprived them the chances of progress.

2. Cultural Problems: Contact with outsider, the tribal culture is undergoing a change. It has led to the degeneration of Tribal life and Tribal arts such as dance, music and different types of crafts. In several tribal areas, influence of other religions have affected their culture. This also responsible for alienating the Tribals from their culture.Then tribal groups have been divided into several sects on the basis of religion. This has shattered their collective life.

3. Social Problems: Due to the influence of outsiders the Tribals are facing the problem of dowry, child marriage, infanticide and untouchability. The contact with outsiders created several social and health related problems.

4. Economic Problems: Tribal people are economically backward. The major economic problems of tribals are as follows:

  1. Alienation of Tribal Land to the Non-Tribals
  2. Problem of Indebtedness
  3. Exploitation in Forestry Operations
  4. Primitive Methods of Cultivation

5. Educational Problems: According to 2011 census, the literacy among the scheduled Tribes was 29.6 percent. Main causes of slow progress in literacy among the scheduled. Tribes are poverty of the parents, content of education, inadequate educational institutions and supporting services, absenteeism, medium of instruction and educational policy, etc.

6. Exploitation of Tribal by the Moneylenders: The Tribals continue to be the victims of exploitation by the moneylenders. Indebtedness among the Tribals may be attributed to the following reasons: Poverty Loopholes in the existing money lending laws, lack of awareness about sources of institutional finances and existing legal protection, Inability to follow complicated procedure to obtain loan and consumer credit from institutional sources. Indifferent attitude of government and bank officials, Private money lenders willingness to advance money to the Tribals without any security.

Absence of alternative credit facility has compelled the Tribals to compromise their fate with moneylenders Accept indebtedness as almost an inescapable aspect of their existence Lack of employment opportunities.
6. Health Problems: The main cause of their sickness is the lack of clean drinking water, nutritive food and prevalence of communicable diseases are major health problems.

Question 14.
Explain the major reasons for the changes in caste system.
Answer:
The impact of British rule on caste system in India may be studied under the following heads.

  1. Introduction of Universalistic Legal system
  2. Impact of English Education
  3. Impact of Social Reform Movement
  4. Influence of New Social Formation
  5. Impact of Freedom Struggle
  6. Impact of Industrialization and Urbanization

1. Introduction of Universalistic Legal System: The establishment of British courts removed authority from the purview of caste panchayats. They introduced a new principle of justice, according to which all are equal before the law, and the caste panchayat in proportion lost their former importance. Some of the legislation which brought changes in the caste system can be made as the, following.

  • The Caste Disabilities Removal Act of 1850 This act served to remove some of the disabilities associated with castes including the practice of untouchability.
  • The Hindu Widow Remarriage Act 1856, This act made legal provision for the Hindu widows to remarry.
  • The Special Marriage Act of 1872 which considered marriage as a civil contract and legalized inter-caste or inter-religious marriage.
  • Other Legislative and Administrative Measures.

In 185 8 British government announced that all schools maintained by the government shall be open to all the classes of its subjects without any discrimination. In 1923, the government issued a resolution that no grants would be paid to any aided educational institutions, which refused admission to the children of the depressed classes. In 1925, a bill was passed by the Madras legislative council, throwing open all public office, well, tank, or place of public resort, to all classes of people including the depressed. Montogue-Chelmshford reforms made constitutional provisions for the special representation of depressed classes in the local as well as in the legislative bodies.

2. Impact of English Education: British education was based on scientific, secular and universal principles. It made an accessible to everyone, irrespective of caste or community, who could pay for it. It remained liberal in content. It propagated principles such as the liberty equality and fraternity. As education spread to the lower strata, it kindled libertarian impulses among them. Western education provided an indispensable passport to the new economic opportunities. Members from the lower castes became different professionals and took new commercial opportunities offered by the western education.

3. Impact of Social Reform Movements: Social reforms movements brought changes in ‘the caste system in British period. They were set out to eradicate caste and to establish a casteless and, classless society. They were against the fictitious difference between caste. They attacked the tendencies of separatism and Inequality in the caste system. Some important social reform movements are:

  • The Brahma Samaj founded by Raja Ram Mohan Roy
  • Prarthana Samaja’s Athma Rama Pandurang Justice M. Ranade
  • The Arya Samaja founded by Swamy Dayananda Saraswathi
  • The Ramakrishna Mission represents the synthesis of the ancient and the modern thoughts. Swamy Vivekananda started Ramakrishna Mission.
  • Other Reform Movements such as Annie Beasant’s Theosophical society, Maharshi Arabindo Ghosh’s Divine life Society and etc. Thus all these organizations aimed at the destruction of caste system and social re-construction of Indian society.

4. Impact of New Social Formations: The new economic system brought about a new grouping of the population in the economic sphere. The Indians could be differentiated into such categories as capitalists, workers, peasants, propritiators, merchants, tenants, land lords, doctors, lawyers, teachers and techniciAnswer: Each category being composed of individuals belonging to various castes, but having identical material and political interests. This division weakened the vertical caste lines.

Thus there came into existence such organization as Mill Owners Associations, All India Trade Union Congress, All India Kishan Sabha and etc., these groups struggled for their own interests. In the process of this struggle they developed a new consciousness and outlook and a new solidarity, which slowly weakened the caste consciousness.

5. Impact of Freedom Struggle: The growth of the nationalist movement played a great role in weakening caste consciousness. In India, the presence of foreign rule was a permanent stimulus to the Indians to unite on a national basis. Thus the growth of the national movement undermined the caste consciousness.

6. Impact of Industrialization and Urbanization: The growth of Industries destroyed the old craft and provided new ways to earn a livelihood. Occupational mobility and movement from compact ancestral village started breaking down in the caste norms. New transport facilities, specially crowed trains and buses, which threw together millions.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 15.
Explain the functional changes and changer in the role of caste system in post – Independent India.
Answer:
Changes in caste system in post independent period can be discussed under two headings, viz., Functional Changes in Caste System and Changes in the Role of Caste System.

(A) Functional Changes in the Caste System: The caste system has neither disintegrated of people of all castes and left little room for the necessities of ceremonial purity. Taboos on food and water gradually weakening when industrial workers belonging to various castes started working under one roof. The demarcation observed by the members of different castes regarding eating food, physical contact with those of other castes, steadily crumbled in cities. 66. Explain the functional changes and changer in the role of caste system in post – Independent India.

nor did it disappear in present India despite many modifications. During the last six decades caste structures has considerably changed. Though, these two important features of hereditary membership and hierarchy have not changed at all. But we do find some changes in the following:

  1. Occupational choice is relaxed
  2. Decline and Disappearance of the caste panchayaths
  3. Commensall restrictions are relaxed
  4. The religious basis of caste has ramped. Caste is no more believed to be divinely
  5. Caste is no longer restricts newly valued individual freedom and the occupational career of an individual, though his social status continue to be dependent on his caste membership.

(B) The Changes in the Role of Caste System: The major changes in the role of Caste system are following:

(1) Elections Based On Caste System Caste in modem India is very important, and every political party is aware of its vote catching power though the political leaders condemn caste verbally. But in practice caste consideration are potent.

(2) Increase of Caste Consciousness and Organizations: Caste consciousness and organization have increased in modem India. Caste based Educational Institutions, Banks, Hostels, Cooperative Societies, Charities, Marriage halls and journals, which are the indicators of caste consciousness. The journals, published by the caste organization, are the units of the media of communicative integration. The community aspect of caste has been made more comprehensive and permanent. According to G. S. Ghurye “Thus a vicious circle has been created. The feeling of caste solidarity is now so strong that it is truly described as caste patriotism”.

(3) Impact of Modern Means of Transport and Communication: According to M.N Srinivas “The building of Roads all over India, and the introduction ofRailway, Postal service, cheap paper and printing especially in regional languages enabled castes to organize as they had never done before. A post card carried news of a caste meeting and the railways enabled members sheltered in far-flung villages to come together when necessary, with the availability of cheap news print facilitated, the founding of caste journals, whose aim was to promote the interests of their respective castes.

(4) Impact of Modern Education: Education has been liberalized in post independence era. No doubt, modem educated youths being inspired by the ideals of equality, liberty, fraternity, scientific outlook, secularism, etc. have changed their attitudes towards caste system. It did not necessarily mean that caste has disappeared. The educated leaders started caste journals and held conferences. Funds were collected to organize the caste meetings and to help the poorer members. In general, it may be said that the last hundred years have seen a great increase in caste solidarity and the concomitant decrease of a sense of interdependence between different castes.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 16.
Define scheduled castes and explain the problem of scheduled castes.
Answer:
The description of scheduled castes as a marginalized group with a series of disabilities that are imposed on them. It is instead a catalogue typically associated with untouchability. These are as follows:

I. Social Disabilities.

  • Denial or restriction of access to public facilities, such as wells, schools and roads.
  • Restrictions on movement were also imposed. Untouchables might not be allowed to walk on roads and streets within prescribed distance of the houses or persons of higher castes.

II. Economic Disabilities.

  • Exclusion from any honourable and most profitable employment and fixity to dirty or menial occupations.
  • Restrictions on style of life, especially in the use of goods indicating comfort or luxury. Riding on horseback, use of bicycles, the wearing of gold and silver ornaments, all of these were forbidden in many areas.
  • Liability to unremunerated labour for the higher castes and to the performance of menial services for them.

III. Religious Disabilities.

In Indian untouchables were subjected to various religious disabilities. They were prevented from entering temples, Monasteries and cremation grounds and could not make use of them because it was believed that these places would become impure by their touch and presence. The untouchable could not worship in the temples. Their presence was considered sufficient to defile the God. They were not allowed to read and listen to the Holy Scriptures.

D.N. Majumdar summarized the position of the untouchable castes by maintaining that these castes are not depressed in all states, the same caste may be depressed in one area but may not suffer from any social and political disability in another. The disabilities are rigid where the depressed castes are numerically small, and fewer or on the decline where they numerically strong.

Where the higher castes are not numerous and the depressed castes form the bulk of Population, the degree of ceremonial pollution observed is very small and often we find few disabilities attached to the inferior castes. A caste may be depressed but individual, members of the caste who have succeeded in life and who are wealthy and own property have been admitted to a higher social status.

Question 17.
Define Tribe and explain the changing concept of Tribe.
Answer:
(a) Tribe as Homogeneous, Self-contained Unit: The Tribals are believed to be the original inhabitants of Indian Peninsula. They are generally called ‘adivasis’ which means original inhabitants. Vedic literature mentions various Tribes like the Bharathas, the Bhils, the Kolias, the Kirathas, the Kinnaras, the Matsyas, and the Nishadas. A Tribe was a homogeneous a self-contained unit without any hierarchical discrimination.

Each Tribe was organized under a chief. Most capable was elected as the chief and his continuation as military leader depended much upon his skill in war and defence. This process heralded the emergence of little republics and monarchies. Each Tribe had its own system of administration. Tribal chief exercised considerable influence over social, economic and religious affairs of the Tribe. Tribal councils were vested with legislative, judicial and executive powers.

(b) Tribe as a Political Division: The concept Tribe derives its origin from the Latin term ‘Tribuz’ means three division. For Romans, the Tribe was a political division. The Tribe was the highest political unit comprising several districts which in turn were composed of clAnswer: It was a territorial organization exercising, control over its people. The territoiy under the domain of a particular Tribe was generally named after it. Thus, it is presumed that the name Bharath is derived from the mighty Bharatha Tribe.

Similarly, the matsya kingdom of 6th B. C. The Minas of Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh are believed to be the descendants of the matsya Tribe. Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura are named after the Mizo, the Naga and the Tripuri Tribes. Similarly, Santhal Paraganas, Gondawana, Lahaul and Kinnaur derive their names from the Santhalas, the Gondas, the Lahaulas and the kinnaras.

(c) Tribe as a Race: Race is used to designate a category of persons whose similar characteristics could be attributed to common descent. The Tribes in India broadly belong to three stocks namely, the Negritos, the Mongoloids and the MediterraneAnswer: The negritos are believed to be the earliest inhabitants of the Indian Peninsula. The traces of this race are found among the onges, Andamanese, jarwas of Andaman and Nicobar Islands and also among Kadars, Irulas and Paniyans of South-India.

Tribal people of the Sub-Himalayan region belong to the Mongoloid race. They are sub-divided into Palaeo-Mongoloid represented by Tribes living in Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Manipur and the Tibeto-Mangoloid represented by the Tribals living the Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh and Ladak (Jammu & Kashmir). A major portion of the Tribal population in India belongs to the Mediterranean stock. They are generally known as the ‘Dravidians’. Tribes belonging to the Dravidian race are found both in southern parts and central parts of India. Dravidians are known as the original inhabitants of India. They speak Kannada, Tamil, Telugu and Malayalam or corrupt form of these languages.

(d) Tribe and Scheduled Tribe: With a view to have classified information about the Tribals, the Britishers conducted census operations in the tribal areas. A sub-heading called ‘Forest Tribes’ was formed under the category of ‘Agricultural and Pastoral Castes’ in the census report of 1891 by the Commissioner of Census J. A. Bains. Since then, in the subsequent census reports of 1901, 1911, 1921, 1931 and 1941 Tribals have been classified as ‘Animists’, ‘Tribal Animists’, ‘Hill and Forest Tribes’, ‘Primitive Tribes’ and ‘Tribes’ respectively.

Mahatma Gandhiji called Tribals as Girijana and G.S. Ghurye consider tribals as Backward Hindus. The concept of a Tribe has undergone further changes particularly after India’s independence. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar preferred the concept “Scheduled Tribe” to ‘Adivasis’. Under the Constitution of India certain Tribes have been specified as Scheduled Tribes. The constitution neither defined nor lays down any criteria for specifying the scheduled Tribes. Here Scheduled simply means ‘grouped together’. Tribes so grouped are given special treatment of facilities envisaged under the Constitution.

As per Article 366 (25) of the Constitution of India, Scheduled Tribes means such Tribes or tribal communities or parts of or groups within such Tribes. Article 342 empowers the President of India to specify the Scheduled Tribes by a public notification. The Parliament may, by law, include or exclude from the list of Scheduled Tribes any tribal community or part thereof in any state or union territory.

The foregone analysis makes it clear that the concept of Tribe has undergone a change from that of a political unit of older days to a group of people identified with poverty and backwardness. Though grouping together of tribal communities under the constitution has helped them in consolidating their position as a distinct ethnic, linguistic and cultural unity.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 18.
Give a Brief overview of – Backward class commissions of Karnataka.
Answer:
The backward class movement in Karnataka is a desire of the under-privileged people to develop their own potentialities and contribute to the economic development of the nation. In every society some groups of people are higher and some are lower due to the opportunities they have in general. By such opportunities well-off people equip themselves and pursue careers which give them prestige and profit. By contrast, the lower or other backward classes have no opportunities to equip themselves.

Anew awareness arose among the non-Brahmins in the princely state of Mysore. Vokkaligas, Lingayats and Muslims of Mysore had realized their position of relative deprivation as against the Brahmins. By 1917, these groups form an alliance called Prajamitra Mandali in 1918, this mandali pleaded Maharaja of Mysore for the representation in legislature, reservation in posts of public services and educational institutions. In 1918, a committee of six non-official members presided over by Sir Leslie Miller. Miller committee recommended the acceptance of all the demands. Since then Backward Classes in princely Mysore state have availed benefits in the field of education, employment and political arena.

(A) Naganna Gowda Commission: The Karnataka Government appointed a backward class commission in 1960 under the Chairmanship of Dr. Naganna Gowda. It is the First Backward Class Commission in Karnataka. The commission has submitted its report on 1961, which recommends 15% for SCs, 3% for STs and 50% OBCs, providing total 68% of reservation. The government attempted to implement the report was stayed by the Supreme Court. However, in 1963 the government issued an order guaranteeing 15% of reservation to SCs, 3% STs and 30% to OBCs.

(B) L. G Havanoor Commission: In 1972 the government has appointed the second backward class commission headed by Sri L. G. Havanoor. This commission in its report submitted in 1975 stated that though more than 75% of the people in the state belonged to backward classes and deserved reservation facilities. There was no constitutional provision for giving it. Hence, it made provision for up to 50% reservation. The government made provision for 58% reservation. However it was challenged in Supreme Court and govt, gave a submission to court stating to initiate a new commission.

(C) Venkataswamy Commission: In 1983, the government has appointed the Venkataswamy Commission, which gave its report in 1986. The report created wide spread dissatisfaction. The government decided not to implement the report but to establish a new commission to find an amicable settlement to this problem.

(D) Chinnappa Reddy Commission: The government instituted the Chinnappa Reddy commission in 1990, which has been comparatively more widely welcomed. The commission seems to have tried its best to uphold social justice. In Karnataka, the SCs and STs together enjoyed 18% while the OBCs quota is 32%.

Based on the Mandal commission’s report, the supreme court of India gave directions to establish a permanent Backward Classes Commission in the centre as well as in states and union territories. Accordingly, a permanent backward classes commission was set up in Karnataka Sri K. Narayana Rai (1994-1997), Prof, Ravi Verma Kumar (1997-2000), Sri Muniraju (2001-2003), Sri Siddalingaih (2003-2006), Dr. C. S. Dwarakanath (2007-2010)N.

Shankarappa(2011 -13) headed the Backward Classes Commission in Karnataka. At present H. Kantharaj is the chairman of Karnataka state Back word class commission. The commission recommends for inclusion or exclusion of a caste in the backward class list. In Karnataka 101 and 51 Triber are enlisted as scheduled caster and scheduled Tribes Respectively.

KSEEB Solutions

1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 5 Constitution of India

You can Download Chapter 5 Constitution of India Questions and Answers, Notes, 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Karnataka 1st PUC Political Science Question Bank Chapter 5 Constitution of India

1st PUC Political Science Constitution of India One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
When did the constitution of India came into force?
Answer:
The constitution as a whole came into force with effect from January 26, 1950.

Question 2.
Who was elected as a temporary president of the constituent assembly?
Answer:
Sachidanda Sinha elected as a temporary president of the constituent assembly.

Question 3.
Who was elected permanent chairman of the Constituent Assembly?
Answer:
Dr. Rajendra Prasad was elected as the permanent chairman of the constituent assembly.

Question 4.
Who was the chairman of the drafting committee?
Answer:
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar was the chairman of the drafting committee.

Question 5.
Name any two members of the Indian constituent assembly.
Answer:
Acharya Krupalani and K.M. Munshi are two members of the Indian constituent assembly.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 6.
How many members were there in the constituent assembly?
Answer:
There were 389 members in the constituent assembly.

Question 7.
When did the drafting committee submitted the draft of Indian constitution?
Answer:
The first draft submitted on February 1948 and the second one on October 1948.

Question 8.
When did the constituent assembly accept the draft of the Indian constitution?
Answer:
The constituent assembly accepts the draft of the Indian constitution on 26th November 1949.

Question 9.
How many articles exist in the original constitution.
Answer:
There are 395 articles that exists in the original constitution.

Question 10.
How many articles exist now in our constitution.
Answer:
There are 465 articles that exist now in our constitution.

Question 11.
Which is the lengthiest constitution in the world?
Answer:
The Constitution of India is the lengthiest constitution in the world.

Question 12.
Which is the shortest constitution in the world?
Answer:
The American constitution is the shortest constitution in the world.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
How much time has been taken by the constituent assembly to make the Indian constitution?
Answer:
The constituent assembly took 2 years 11 months and 18 days with 11 session to make the Indian constitution.

Question 4.
Who described the preamble as the “political horoscope” of the constitution?
Answer:
K. M. Munshi described the preamble as the “political horoscope” of the constitution.

Question 15.
Mention the words which were added to the preamble by the 42nd amendment.
Answer:
The words “Socialism” and “Secular” were added to the preamble by the 42nd amendment.

Question 16.
Name the three lists of division of power.
Answer:

  1. Centre list
  2. State list
  3. Concurrent list.

Question 17.
Name the part which contains the directive principles of state policy.
Answer:
Part IV of the constitution contains the directive principles of state policy.

Question 18.
Name the part which contains the fundamental rights.
Answer:
Part III of Indian constitution.

Question 19.
Which amendment removes the right to property from fundamental rights.
Answer:
44th amendment removes the right to property from fundamental rights.

Question 20.
Which article refers to right to constitutional remedies?
Answer:
Article 32 refers to right to constitutional remedies.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 21.
How many fundamental duties were there in the constitution?
Answer:
There were 11 fundamental duties were there in the constitution.

Question 22.
Name the body that framed the Indian constitution.
Answer:
The constitution of free India was framed by the Constituent Assembly.

Question 23.
When the constituent Assembly was constituted?
Answer:
It was elected in the year 1946 under the cabinet mission plan.

Question 24.
Which body drafted the constitution of India?
Answer:
A Drafting committee drafted the constitution of India.

Question 25.
What is meant by a preamble?
Answer:
It is one which declares the aims and objectives of constitution.

Question 26.
What is secular state?
Answer:
It is where there is freedom of religion state doesn’t interfere with the individuals religious matters.

Question 27.
What is ordinance?
Answer:
It is temporary law issued by executive for the sake of administrative convenience or to meet the urgent situation.

Question 28.
What is Republic?
Answer:
It means that India shall have an elected representative as the head of the state for a limited period of time.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 29.
Mention the number of articles and schedules in constitution of India.
Answer:
It originally consisted of 395 articles and 9 schedules. At present there are 445 articles and 12 schedules.

Question 30.
Which new words were added to preamble by 42nd amendment to the constitution Assembly act 1947?
Answer:
The word secular was added.

Question 31.
Name the lengthiest constitution in the world.
Answer:
Indian constitution.

1st PUC Political Science Constitution of India Two Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What is preamble?
Answer:
It is the introduction of constitution which deals with the aims and objectives.

Question 2.
Name the two aspects of sovereignty?
Answer:

  1. Internal sovereignty.
  2. External sovereignty.

Question 3.
What is the meaning of a socialist state?
Answer:
Bringing about socio-economic changes to ensure a decent life to Indian citizens is called a socialist state.

Question 4.
State the meaning of secular state.
Answer:
The government cannot extend special favour to any particular religion and treats equal is called secular state.

Question 5.
What do you mean by republic state?
Answer:
The head of the state directly or indirectly elects through election for a fixed tenure is called republic state.

Question 6.
What do you mean by parliamentary form of government?
Answer:
The executive is created by the legislature and responsible for it. It is known as the parliamentary form of government.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 7.
What do you mean by fundamental rights?
Answer:
Fundamental rights are the facilities granted by the law to develop the individual personalities of the citizens.

Question 8.
What do you mean by directive principles of state policy?
Answer:
Directive principles of state policy are provisions enshrined in the constitution to provide the ideals of social and economic democracy.

Question 9.
Give the meaning of single citizenship.
Answer:
All the Indians irrespective of state, province are having only one citizenship is called single citizenship.

Question 10.
State the emergency power of the president.
Answer:

  1. Under article 352 National emergency.
  2. Under article 356 state emergency.
  3. Under article 360 financial emergency.

Question 11.
List out the fundamental rights.
Answer:

  1. Right to equality.
  2. Right to liberty.
  3. Right against exploitation.
  4. Right to freedom of religion.
  5. Cultural and educational rights.
  6. Right to constitutional remedies.

Question 12.
Name the different kinds of writs.
Answer:

  1. Habeas corpus
  2. Prohibition
  3. Certiorari.
  4. Oro – warrant.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 13.
What you mean by universal adult franchaise?
Answer:
All the citizens who attained the particular age are having right to vote irrespective of caste, creed, religion is called universal adult franchaise.

Question 14.
Name the freedoms mentioned in article 19 of the constitution,
Answer:

  1. Freedom of speech and expression.
  2. Freedom of rally.
  3. Freedom of association.
  4. Freedom of travelling in India.
  5. Freedom of residing in India.
  6. Freedom of carrying any job.

Question 15.
Write a short note on the drafting committee of the constitution of India?
Answer:
The constituent assembly set up a drafting committee of 7 members with Dr. Ambedkar as its chairman. The constituent assembly spent more than 2 years in thoroughly discussing and enacting the constitution.

Question 16.
What are territorial constituencies?
Answer:
Areas delimited for the purpose of election are called constituencies. Each state or union territory is divided into elected areas or territorial constituencies as parliamentary constituencies.

Question 17.
Write the reservation of seats for scheduled castes and tribes?
Answer:
A Specified number of seats are reserved for the scheduled castes and tribes in Loksabha. From a reserved constituency, persons belonging to these castes and tribes can contest an election. This provision was made to provide due to representation to the weaker sections of the society.

18.
What is consolidated fund of India?
Answer:
The expenditure considered being a charge on the consolidated fund of India is not put to the vote of parliament. It includes salaries of president.

KSEEB Solutions

19.
Write the meaning of federation.
Answer:
The word federation is derived from the Latin word ‘foedus’, which means treaty or agreement. The federal form of government comes into existence through treaty or agreement federation is born by creating new state.

1st PUC Political Science Constitution of India Five Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Give an introductory note on Indian constitution.
Answer:
The framers of constitution of India drew the ideals, principles and even the organizational details from many sources. They have harrowed extensively from several well-known constitutions of the world.

It has incorporated the parliamentary system of England. The USA has taken mainly from the government of India Act 1935.

The objectives, resolution adopted by the constituent assembly in its first session became the basis of the preamble to constitution.

Question 2.
Write a short note on constituent assembly.
Answer:
It was set up under the 1946, cabinet mission plan. The assembly consisted of representatives of all important communities. The constituent assembly met on 11th December 1946. Dr. Rajendra Prasad was unanimously elected as its president.

The constituent assembly initially consisted of 389 members 292 from the British India province and 93 from the states. The elections were held in July 1946.

On 29th August 1947, the constituent assembly appointed a drafting committee, under the leadership of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar.

Question 3.
Write about the drafting committee.
Answer:
The drafting committee of the Indian constitution has been formed on 29th August 1947 and B.R. Ambedkar was elected as a chairman. The main responsibility that entrusted to the drafting committee to draft the new constitution. It consists of 7 members called B.R. Ambedkar, chairman, B.L. Mitter, N: Gopalaswamy Ayvangar, Alladi KrishswamyAyyar, Dr. K.M Munshi, Saiyid Mohd Saadullah, D.R Khaitan.

The drafting committee prepared the first draft which was published in February 1948. It prepared a second draft which was published in October 1948 and completed its work in 141 days. On 29th November 1949, the constituent assembly accepts and enacted the Indian constitution.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Write the text of the preamble of the Indian constitution.
Answer:
The preamble of the constitution of India explains the aims and ideology and reads as:
WE THE PEOPLE OF INDIA having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN, DEMOCRATIC, SOCIALIST, SECULAR and REPUBLIC Nation and securing to all its citizens.
JUSTICE – social, economic and political.
LIBERTY – of thought, expression, belief, faith, and worship.
EQUALITY – of status and of opportunity and to promote among them all.
FRATERNITY – assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and the integrity of the Nation.
The idea of the preamble has been borrowed from constitution of U.S.A.

Question 5. Explain the principles of the preamble.
Answer:
The preamble of the constitution of India explains the aims and ideology and reads as:
WE THE PEOPLE OF INDIA having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN, DEMOCRATIC, SOCIALIST, SECULAR and REPUBLIC Nation and securing to all its citizens.

  • JUSTICE – social, economic and political.
  • LIBERTY – of thought, expression, belief, faith, and worship.
  • EQUALITY – of status and of opportunity and to promote among them all.
  • FRATERNITY – assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and the integrity of the Nation.
  • The idea of the preamble has been borrowed from constitution of U.S.A.

Question 6.
List out the fundamental duties of Indian citizens.
Answer:
The 42nd amendment has incorporated a number of fundamental duties.

  1. Abide by the constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the national flag and, national anthem.
  2. Uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity, and integrity of India.
  3. Defend the country and render national service.
  4. Promote common brotherhood and harmony.
  5. Value and preserve our composite culture.
  6. Protect the natural environment.
  7. Develop the scientific temper.
  8. Strive towards excellence in all sphere.

Question 7.
Explain the different kinds of writs.
Answer:
1. Habeas corpus: It is an order issued by the court to produce the person who has wrongly detained within 24 hours.

2. Mandamus: It is a command issued by the court to ask the government official for performing his duties.

3. Prohibition: It is issued by a higher court to lower court to prevent their exceeding jurisdiction.

4. Certiorari: It is issued by a higher court to lower court to transfer a case pending with the later in a case.

5. Quo – warranto: It is issued by a court to enquire into the legality of claim of a person to public office.

Question 8.
Write a short note on RTE.
Answer:
RTE stands right to education which means all the children in India are entitled to get compulsory and free education. The 86th amendment act of 2002 provides an opportunity to get free and compulsory education to all the children from the age 6 to 14 years.

Parliament passed the compulsory education act on 2009 and in compliance of the central government, the Karnataka government framed rules and enforced from 28th April 2012. Main provisions of RTE

  1. All the children from the age of 6 to 14 should get free and compulsory education.
  2. The responsibility of the parents are to send their children to the school.
  3. The provisions are made to ensure the education facilities especially to the weaker section and child belonging to a disadvantaged group.
  4. The central and state government have jointly responsible to carry over this scheme.
  5. To provide the education to all the children, the government should establish the schools accesses to the children.
  6. The government should bear the expenses of education and should pay the same to education institutions.
  7. The concerned BEO and DDPI should have responsibility to look after this.

Question 9.
Why is the Indian Constitution called quasi-federal?
Answer:
The constitution of India has been described as quasi-federal because it has both federal and unitary features. Though the constitution of India establishes a federal form of government. The term federation has not been used anywhere in the constitution. The framers of constitution incorporated a number of unitary elements such as strong centre, single citizenship, appointment of governess by the centre, etc. According to K.C. Where the Indian constitution establishes a system of government which is almost quasi-federal.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 10.
What is Right to freedom?
Answer:
Our constitution guarantees 6 valuable freedoms to the citizens of India.

  1. The freedom of speech and expression.
  2. To assemble peacefully without arms.
  3. To form associations or unions.
  4. To move freely across the length and breadth of the country.
  5. To reside or settle down in any part of India.
  6. To carry on any lawful trade or occupation.

1st PUC Political Science Constitution of India Ten Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain the salient features of the Indian constitution.
Answer:
Salient Features of the Indian Constitution are:
The constitution of India came into force on 26th January, 1950. The preamble enumerates the source, the nature and high aims and ideals of the constitution. The preamble cannot be enforced in a court of law it is a grand declaration.

The following are the salient features of the constitution of India:
1.Detailed and Written Constitution:
The constitution of India is a comprehensive document. It is detailed and lengthy constitution in the world. It consists of 445 Articles, 22 parts, 12 schedules, and 100 Amendments. The bulk of the constitution is due to many reasons. Such as :

  • It contains the broad principles and details of administration.
  • The constitution provides for the administrative machinery at the centre and also in the States.
  • Incorporation of Fundamental rights and directive principles of state policy.
  • Special provision for safeguarding the interest of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes,
  • UPSC and SPSC and Election Commission, Independent Judiciary,
  • Official languages and regional languages etc. have been dealt with in the constitution.

2. Sovereign, Democratic, Republic:
The constitution of India is Sovereign, Socialist, Secular, Democratic and Republic.

  • India is a sovereign state and it is subject to no other authority either in her internal affairs or external relations. Its power is absolute internally and externally within its sphere.
  • 42 Amendment Act of 1976 declares India to be a socialist state.
  • Preamble to the constitution declares that India is a sovereign democratic Republic. The President of India is elected and his term of office is five years.

3.Single Citizenship:
The constitution of India has established a single and uniform citizenship for the whole of the country. Single citizenship implies that all Indian citizens owe allegiance to the Indian Union. Any citizen, irrespective of his birth or residence, is entitled to enjoy civil and political rights throughout India In all states and Union Territories.

4.Fundamental Rights:
Part III of the Indian constitution embodies six fundamental Rights, which are guaranteed to the people of India. These rights are sacred and sacrosanct and cannot be violated. The constitution makes the Supreme Court and the High Courts, the guardian of rights and liberties of the people. However they are not absolute. The constitution imposes necessary limitations and the rights can be suspended under conditions of grave emergency.

  • Right to Equality.
  • Right to Freedom.
  • Right against Exploitation.
  • Right to Religion.
  • Cultural and Educational Rights.
  • Right to constitutional Remedies.

5. Fundamental Duties:
The 42nd Amendment Act of 1976 has incorporated ten duties for even Indian citizen.

  • To abide by the constitution and respect its ideals, institutions, the flag, and the National Anthem.
  • To cherish and follow the noble ideals which inspire our national struggle for freedom.
  • To uphold and protect the sovereignty; unity and integrity of India.
  • To defend the country and render national services when called upon to do so.
  • To promote harmony and spirit of common brotherhood among all the people of India.
  • To value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture.
  • To protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures.
  • To develop the scientific temper, humanism and the script of inquiry and reform.
  • To safeguard public property and to adjure violence,
  • To strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collection activity.

6.Secular and Socialist State:
At the time of drafting the constitution, the framers did not have the vision to mention these words in the preamble of the constitution. But these words were added in the preamble by the 42nd Amendment Act of 1976. Accordingly, India is a secular and non-religious in character. In fact, it does not identify itself with any religion. India is neither religious, nor irreligious, nor anti-religious but it is detached from the religious dogmas and activities. The aim of the constitution is too make India a socialist state on the basis of welfare programs.

7. Backward Classes and Minorities:
The constitution protects the interest of the backward class and the Minorities.

8. Official language:
Hindi. is laid as the official language of India. A common official language symbolized the unity of the country.

9. Directive Principles of State Policy:
It is another important feature of the Indian constitution. It contains various aims and aspirations to fulfilled by the state. They are instruments of instructions to the government to follow specific polices.

10.Parliamentary System of Government:
The Indian constitution proposed a parliamentary system of government for India.

11. Federation with strong centre:
The constitution has laid down a federal form of government; with a Union of the states. The Union is more powerful than the states.

12. Independent Judiciary:
The judiciary under the constitution is made independent of the legislature and the executive. It protects the fundamental rights and safeguards the provisions of the constitution. In fact, it is the guardian of the constitution and protector of Fundamental Rights.

13. Judicial review:
The Supreme Court of India has the power of judicial review. It can declare laws enacted by the parliament and state legislatures and orders passed by the executive as invalid if found contrary to the provisions of the constitution.

14. Election Commission:
The constitution provides for the establishment of Election Commission for the whole country. It conducts free and fair elections of the president, vice-president, members of parliament and state legislatures from time to time. It consists of one chief Election commissioner and two other Election commissioners who are appointed by the president of India for the period of 6 years.

15. Rigidity and flexibility:
There is a unique procedure of constitutional amendment. Article 368 of the constitution deals with the amendment procedure:

(a) By simple majority:
The creation of new states, creation or abolition of the legislative council, etc. These can be amended by a simple majority in both the houses of the union parliament.

(b) By half – simple and half-rigid method:
The provisions such as citizenship, Fundamental Rights, Directive principles, etc., shall be amended by 2/3 majority of members present and voting in both houses of the parliament.

(c) By Rigid Method:
The method of amending the constitution involves rigid procedure. Matters relating to the election and powers of the president and powers of the Union and State government. Union judiciary, establishment of High Court, division of legislative powers, representation of states in Union Parliament, etc., can be amended by 2/3 majority members of both houses of the Union parliament and has to be ratified by not less than half of the state legislature.

16. Adult.Franchise:
Every person who is a citizen of India and who are above 18 years of age irrespective, gender is entitled to be registered as a voter.

17. Emergency provisions: the constitution of India envisages three types of emergencies. which the president may proclaim in different critical situations. Such as:

(a) National Emergency:
Article 352 provides national emergency. If the president is satisfied that the security of India or any part thereof is threatened by war, or external aggression or internal disturbance, he may issue a proclamation of emergency. But it must be laid before each house of parliament for approval.

(b) Failure of constitutional machinery in the state:
The president on the receipt of report from the Governor of a state if satisfied, that a situation has arisen in which the government of a state cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the constitution, he can proclaim state emergency. It is to be approved by each House of parliament within two months. But normally it remains for six months and can be continued for three years.

(c) Financial Emergency:
The president of India is satisfied that the financial stability of India is any part thereof is threatened he may proclaim financial emergency . It expires at the end of two months unless it is approved by the parliament.

18. Local self-Governments:
A constitutional statue was given to local self-governments in accordance with the 73rd and 74th constitutional amendments which were made in the year 1992 and came into force in 1993.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Explain the Fundamental Rights of Indian Citizens.
Answer:
The III Part of the constitution of India has guaranteed seven fundamental rights. But the 44th Amendment Act of 1978 deleted 6th fundamental right; right to property. Now it remains only a legal right. All the fundamental rights come under articles from 12 to 35. These rights are explained as under

1. Right to Equality:
(14 to 18) Article 14 confers on all the citizens equality before the law and equal protection of the law.

Article 15 prohibits any discrimination by the state towards its citizens on grounds of race, religion, caste, gender, and place of birth. The same article throws open public places, like shops, wells, restaurants, etc. to all citizens.

Article 16 provides for equality in matters of public employment. No one shall be discriminated against on the grounds of race, religion, caste, gender, place of birth and residence. But the state may discriminate in favor of Backward classes of citizens by reserving jobs in the Government.

Article 17 prohibits the practice of untouchability in any form. Those who practice it will be severely punished.

Article 18 prohibits the state from conferring titles like Rao Bahadur, His Highness, etc, on its citizens. However, it may award military or civil distinction like Paramavir Chakra,
Bharat Ratna, Padma Bhushan, Padmashree.

2. Right to Freedom (19 to 22) Article 19 gives 6 freedoms to the citizens of India. Such as:

  1. Freedom of speech and expression.
  2. Assemble peacefully without arms.
  3. Form associations.
  4. Move freely within the country.
  5. To reside and settle down in any part of the country.
  6. To practice any profession or trade.

Article 20 – lays down the Right to personal Life and Liberty.
No person shall be arrested when the law is not in operation.
No person shall be punished more than once for the same offence.
No person shall be forced to give evidence against himself.

Article 21 – No person shall be deprived of his life and liberty except according to the procedure established by law. The punishment shall be enforced only when he is punished.

Article 22 – Preventive Detention provides safeguards to persons under arrest. They are:
22 (1) the person arrested shall be informed on the grounds of his arrest as soon as possible.
22 (2) the person arrested shall be produced before the nearest magistrate within 24 hours of his arrest. He shall not be denied the right to consult and be defended by a lawyer.
22 (3) preventive detention shall not be applicable to the person who has been arrested according to law.
22 (4) the person who has been arrested shall not be detained in custody for more than 3 months.
22 (5) the person who has been arrested and detained in custody shall be informed of the ground of his arrest.
22 (6) to inform the ground of arrest against the public interest shall be informed.
22(7) with the approval of the parliament the detention period shall Be extended, more than 3 months.

3. Right against Exploitation: (23 to 24)
Article 23 prohibits traffic in human beings and forced labour. Selling of women into prostitution is prohibited.
Article 24 prohibits the employment of children below 14 years of age in factories and mines which is of hazardous nature.

4. Right to Religion: (25 to 28)
Article 25 – Every citizen has the right to profess, propagate and practice any religion as he pleases subject to public peace and morality.
Article 26 – Every religious group shall establish institutions for charitable and religious purposes and manage its internal affairs and acquire the property.
Article 27 – State shall not collected taxes for the maintenance of any particular religion or religious institution.
Article 28 – no religions instructions shall be given in the government or aided educational institutions.

5. Cultural and Educational Rights: (29 to 30)
Article 29- Every citizen has the right to protect the culture and script of his choice.
Article 30 gives the right to any cultural group or minority community to run an educational institution and the government shall not make any discrimination while making grants.

6. Right to constitutional Remedies: (32)
It protects the citizens against encroachment of his rights. Dr. B. R. Ambedkar said that this right is “the heart and soul of the constitution”. Every citizen has the right to move to the court if his rights are encroached by anybody. Article 32 (1) The Supreme Court is empowered to issue writs of Habeas Corpus, Mandamus, Prohibition, Quo-Warranto and Certiorari. Article 226-High Court can also issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights. This right is regarded as die custodian of all the rights.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Write a note on constituent assembly.
Answer:
The first of Constituent Assembly was held on 9th December, 1946. Dr. Rajendra Prasad was made as the President of the Constituent Assembly. The historic objectives resolution was moved in the Government Assembly by Nehru on 13th December 1946 The beautifully worded draft of the objectives resolution cast the horoscope of the sovereign Democratic Republic.

The Constituent Assembly appointed a number of committees to deal with the framing of the constitution. The committees worked hard and produced valuable reports. These reports were considered by the Constituent Assembly and later considered by the drafting committee. On 29th August 1947, the Constituent Assembly appointed a Drafting Committee under the chairmanship of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar to scrutinize the draft of the constitution, prepared by constitutional advisor B. N. Rau.

The constitution of India was drafted by the Drafting Committee and was submitted to the president of the Constituent Assembly on 21st February 1948. A large number of comments, criticism, and suggestions for the amendment of the draft were received. The Drafting Committee decided to issue a report of the draft constitution and was submitted to the President of the Assembly on 26th October. 1948.

The second reading of the constitution was completed on 16th Nov 1949 and on the next day the Constituent Assembly took up the third reading of the constitution. It was adopted on 26th Nov 1949. The Constituent Assembly accomplished the tremendous task of framing the constitution in 2 years 11 months and 18 days. The constitution was finally signed by members of the Constituent Assembly. The same constitution came into force on 26th Jan 1950.

Besides framing the constitution, the Constituent Assembly performed several other important functions like passing certain statues, adopting the national flag, declaring the national anthem, ratifying the decision in regard to the membership of the commonwealth and election of the first president of the Republic.
The draft of the constitution contained 18 parts 8 schedules and 445 articles are considered as the most bulky and lengthiest in the world.

Question 4.
Explain the Directive principles of state policy.
Answer:
Our constitution lays down some directives in the nature of moral guides to the state. These are non – enforceable. The idea of incorporating directives or ideals or goals in the constitution was borrowed from the Irish constitution. The directive principles are contained in part IV of the constitution, in Article 36 to 51.

Full list of the Directive Principles:
Article 39: The state shall, in particular, direct its policy towards securing:

  1. That the citizens, men, and women equally, have the right to an adequate means to livelihood.
  2. That the ownership and control of the material resources to be useful for the common good.
  3. That the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common determinant.
  4. That there is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
  5. That the health and strength of the workers, men, and women, and the tender age of children are not used and that citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter vocations unsuitable to their age or strength.
  6. That children are given opportunities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral and material abandonment.

Classification of Directives:
The directive principles are embodied in Articles from 36 to 51. They cover a wide range of state activities concerning social, economic, legal, educational and International principles. They are classified into four categories, such as welfare, Gandhian, liberal and general principles.

Welfare Principles:
These principle aims at the attainment of the welfare state.
Article 38 provides that the state shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of national life.

Article 39 provides that the state shall direct its policy towards securing that.

  1. The citizens, men, and women equally have the right to an adequate means of livelihood.
  2. The ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as to subserve the common good.
  3. The operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment.
  4. There is equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
  5. The health and strength of workers, men, women, and children are not abused and that citizens are not forced to enter vocations unsuitable to their age.
  6. Childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and moral and mental abandonment.

Article 41 ensures that the right to work education and public assistance in case of unemployment, old age, sickness and disablement and other cases of undeserved want.

Article 42 provides that provisions shall be made by the state for securing just and human conditions of work and maternity relief.

Article 43 exhorts the state to secure to all workers – industrial, agricultural work, a living wage, conditions of work, decent standard of life, enjoyment of leisure, social and cultural opportunities.

Article 46 provides that the state shall take special care of the economic and educational interest of the weaker sections particularly of SC’s and ST’s and protect them from social injustice and exploitation.

Article 47 states that are made duty-bound to raise the level of nutrition, the standard of living of its people and the improvement of public health.

Gandhian Principles:
The Gandhian philosophy finds its expression in some of the articles mentioned in the 4th part of the constitution. Such as :

  1. To organize village Panchayats and endow them with such powers as may enable them to function as units of self-government.
  2. To promote the educational and economic interests of SC’s ST’s and weaker sections of the people.
  3. To promote cottage industries on an individual and co-operative basis.
  4. To take steps for preventing and improving the breeds of milk and drought cattle, including cows and prohibition of slaughter of cows.
  5. Prohibition of consumption of intoxicating drinks and drugs which are injuries to health (except for medical purpose).

Liberal Principles:
These principles are embedded in the following provisions.

  1. To secure uniform civil code for the citizens throughout the territory of India.
  2. To provide free and compulsory education for the children up to the age of 14 years of age.
  3. To organize agriculture and animal husbandry on modem and scientific lines.
  4. To take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public service of the state.
  5. Article 49 provides that it is the obligation of the state to protect every historical monu¬ment or place for national interest.

General Principles:

  1. The state shall promote international peace and security.
  2. To maintain just and honorable relations between nations.
  3. To foster respect for international law and treaty obligations.
  4. To encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitrations.

Criticism:

  1. The directives have been subjected to serve criticisms.
  2. These principles are considered as mere platitudes without any practical use for the people.
  3. There is no immediate social and economic program for the people.
  4. These principles do not attract the people as they are silent and not inspiring.
  5. These principles are neither properly classified nor logically arranged.
  6. There is no legal force behind them.
  7. These principles are not legally enforceable.

2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति

You can Download 2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति, 2nd PUC Hindi Textbook Answers, Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Karnataka 2nd PUC Hindi Workbook Answers व्याकरण रिक्त स्थान की पूर्ति

अ) कोष्ठक में दिए गए कारक चिन्हों से रिक्त स्थान भरिए :
(ने, को, से, के द्वारा, के लिए, का, की, के, में, पर)

1) पेड़ ……………. फल गिरता है। [से]
2) रमेश ………….. तीन बहनें हैं। [की]
3) घर ……….. सामने बगीचा है। [के]
4) मेज ………….. पुस्तक रख दो। [पर]
5) राम कैंची ……….. कागज काटता है। [से]
6) थैली …………. पुस्तक है। [में]
7) बिल्ली ………… सारा दूध पी लिया। [ने]
8) हम लोग बाग ………. घूमेंगे। [में]
9) वे घर-घर घूमकर पीड़ितों ……… सहायता करते हैं। [की]
10) मैंने ब्राह्मण ………….. धन दिया। [को]
11) हाथ …………… गिलास छूट गया। [से]
12) वे साहित्य और दर्शन …………. विद्वान थे। [के]
13) स्त्री ………….. सम्मान देना चाहिए। [को]
14) माँ ………… बेटे को समझाया। [ने]
15) रश्मि ने रमा ……….. पुस्तक दी। [को]

KSEEB Solutions

16) देश ……………. प्यार करना हमारा कर्तव्य है। [से]
17) यह संकोच ……………. युग नहीं है। [का]
18) सड़क ………… लोग जमा हैं। [पर]
19) आप अपने कमरे ……….. जाइए। [में]
20) वह गाड़ी ……………. उतरा। [से]
21) पुस्तकालय ………….. बहुत सी किताबें हैं। [में]
22) वीरों ने देश ……….. प्राणों की आहुति दी। [के लिए]
23) पीड़ितों …………. दान दो। [को]
24) नाव नदी ………….. डूब गई। [में]
25) कुत्ते ………… पिल्ला बड़ा प्यारा है। [का]
26) अहमद …………. पत्र लिखा गया। [से]
27) पंछी ……….. पिंजरा खाली किया। [ने]
28) वह अपने गुरु …………. इज्जत करता है। [की]
29) यह काम मेरे मित्र …………… हो जाएगा। [के द्वारा]
30) कलावती बच्चों ……….. पढ़ा रही है। [को]

आ) कोष्ठक में दिए गए उचित शब्दों से रिक्त स्थान भरिए :

(पावन, भला, किताब, समाज, विज्ञान, स्वभाव, समय, ज्ञान)
1) आप ……….. तो जग भला। [भला]
2) साहित्य ………….. का दर्पण है। [समाज]
3) वह सरस्वती देवी का ………….. मंदिर है। [पावन]
4) आज का युग ……….. का युग है। [विज्ञान]
5) ………….. परिवर्तनशील है। [समय]
6) उस ………. का क्या मूल्य है? [किताब]
7) मानस में भक्ति, ……. और कर्म का समन्वय है। [ज्ञान]
8) उसके ……….. में मधुरता है।[स्वभाव]

अतिरिक्त प्रश्न :

इ) कोष्ठक में दिए गए कारक चिन्हों/शब्दों से रिक्त स्थान भरिए :
1. (का, पर, को, से)
1) कुत्सित लोगों …………… सभी घृणा करते हैं। [से]
2) जो खर्च करता है, उसी ………….. देता है। [को]
3) उसके चेहरे …………… रंग लाल हो गया। [का]
4) इस पद …………. उन्होंने तीन वर्षों तक काम किया। [पर]

2. (ईश्वर, पुस्तक, बालक, खाना)
1) मेरे लिए ……….. लाओ। [खाना]
2) ……………. तुम्हे सुख व समृद्धि दे। [ईश्वर]
3) …………. ने रोटी खाई। [बालक]
4) वह ………… पढ़ रहा है। [पुस्तक]

3. (पास, दर्द, कई, निकल)
1) उसके …………… बहुत सोना है। [पास]
2) उसके प्राण ………. रहे हैं। [निकल]
3) मैंने तुम्हें ………….. बार कहा। [कई]
4) उसके पेट में ………….. हो रहा है। [दर्द]

4. (फल, कैंची, सामने, पुस्तक)

1) पेड़ से …………. गिरता है। [फल]
2) घर के …………… बगीचा है। [सामने]
3) मेज पर ………. रख दो। [पुस्तक]
4) राम …………. से कागज काटता है। [कैंची]

5. (बहनें, धन, नई, निर्णय)
1) मैं …………… पोशाक पहनूँगा। [नई]
2) पंचों का …………… सभी को मान्य है। [निर्णय]
3) रमेश की तीन …………. हैं। [बहनें]
4) मैंने ब्राह्मण को ……….. दिया। [धन]

6. (ने, की, के, में)
1) थैली ………….. पुस्तक है।। [में]
2) बिल्ली …………. सारा दूध पी लिया। [ने]
3) वे घर-घर घूमकर पीड़ितों …….. सहायता करते हैं। [की]
4) वे साहित्य और दर्शन …………. विद्वान थे। [के]

7. (बेटे, लोग, सम्मान, गिलास)
1) सड़क पर …………… जमा हैं। [लोग]
2) हाथ से …………. छूट गया। [गिलास]
3) स्त्री को …………. देना चाहिए। [सम्मान]
4) माँ ने ………….. को समझाया। [बेटे]

KSEEB Solutions

8. (से, में, ने, को)

1) वीरों …………… देश के लिए प्राणों की आहुति दी। [ने]
2) रश्मि ने रमा ………… पुस्तक दी। [को]
3) आप अपने कमरे ……………. जाइए। [में]
4) वह गाड़ी …………. उतरा। [से]

9. (पत्र, नदी, पिल्ला, बहुत-सी)
1) पुस्तकालय में ………. किताबें हैं। [बहुत-सी]
2) नाव …………… में डूब गई। [नदी]
3) कुत्ते का …………… बड़ा प्यारा है। [पिल्ला]
4) अहमद से ……………. लिखा गया। [पत्र]

10. (की, से, ने, में)
1) मानस ……………. भक्ति, ज्ञान और कर्म का समन्वय है। [में]
2) पंछी ………….. पिंजरा खाली किया। [ने]
3) वह अपने गुरु …………… इज्जत करता है। [की]
4) यह काम मेरे मित्र ………….. हो जाएगा। [से]

11. (युग, दर्पण, दान, बाग)
1) हम लोग …………. में घूमेंगे। [बाग]
2) यह संकोच का ………….. नहीं है। [युग]
3) पीड़ितों को ……………. दो। [दान]
4) साहित्य समाज का …………. है। [दर्पण]

12. (पावन, विज्ञान, समय, भला)

1) आप ……………. तो जग भला। [भला]
2) वह सरस्वती देवी का ……………. मंदिर है। [पावन]
3) आज का युग ………….. का युग है। [विज्ञान]
4) …………. परिवर्तनशील है। [समय]

2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 6 Market and Communication Systems

Karnataka 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank Chapter 6 Market and Communication Systems

You can Download Chapter 6 Market and Communication Systems Questions and Answers, Notes, 2nd PUC Sociology Question Bank with Answers Karnataka State Board Solutions help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

2nd PUC Sociology Market and Communication Systems One Mark Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Who is the author of the book “Wealth of Nations”.
Answer:
Adam Smith.

Question 2.
What is the other name for Laissez Fair Policy?
Answer:
Free Market.

Question 3.
What does WWW Stand for?
Answer:
World Wide Web.

Question 4.
Who created World Wide Web?
Answer:
Tim Berners – Lee in 1990.

Question 5.
Expand T R P?
Answer:
Television Rating Point.

Question 6.
Name anyone Traditional Business Communities in India.
Answer:
Marwaris.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 7.
Who wrote Asian Drama?
Answer:
GunnarMyrdal.

Question 8.
Who conducted a study on Dhorai Tribal Market?
Answer:
Alfred Gell.

Question 9.
Which day Dhorai weekly market Takes Place?
Answer:
Friday.

Question 10.
Who are the Business class according to Varanshram.system?
Answer:
Vaishyar.

Question 11.
Which marginal Tribal Group was in Salt Trade?
Answer:
Banjaras.

Question 12.
In which month pushkar Annual fair held?
Answer:
Karthika Ekadashi to Karthika Poomime.

Question 13.
Who invented Printing Technology?
Answer:
John Guttenberg.

Question 14.
Who Introduced prototype New service in Paris?
Answer:
Paul Julius Reuter.

Question 15.
Who started Sambad kaumudi?
Answer:
Raja Ram MahanRoy.

Question 16.
Who started Shome Prakashana?
Answer:
Ishwara Chandra Vidya Sagar.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 17.
Which year Times of India started in Bombay?
Answer:
1861.

Question 18.
Who founded Mangalooru Samachara?
Answer:
Herman Magling.

Question 19.
Expand LAN.
Answer:
Local Area Network.

Question 20.
In which year Ham Broadcasting club in Kolkolta and Chennai Started.
Answer:
1920.

Question 21.
Where is the Headquarter of Aakashavani?
Answer:
Bangalore. (Kannada Version of AIR)

Question 22.
Mention any one film in which Radio is used on an medium of commination?
Answer:
Loge Raho Munnai Bhai.

Question 23.
Which Rural Development programs was Experimentally introduced in Television in 1959?
Answer:
Krishi Darshan.

Question 24.
Expand the SITE
Answer:
Satellite Instructional Television Experiment.

Question 25.
Mention anyone leading Kannada News Channel.
Answer:
TV. 9.

Question 26.
Who is considered as father of Kannada Journalism?
Answer:
M. Venkatakrishnya.

Question 27.
Who started weekly Magazine Vrittanta Chintamani.
Answer:
M. Venkatakrishnya.

Question 28.
Mention any one English News Channel.
Answer:
NDTV 24×7.

Question 29.
Expand DARPA.
Answer:
Defense Advanced Research Agency.

Question 30.
Mention any one social networking site.
Answer:
Twitter.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 31.
Who is the owner of “News Corporation”
Answer:
Report Murdoch.

Question 32.
Mention anyone leading English News Paper.
Answer:
The Hindu.

Question 33.
Mention anyone leading Kannada News Paper.
Answer:
Vijaya Karnataka.

Question 34.
Who said that electronic media are creating a global village?
Answer:
Marshal Mucllhan.

Question 35.
Who referred to media as a social capital?
Answer:
Robert Putnam.

Question 36.
Who analysed media as a decay of public sphere?
Answer:
Hebarmas.

Question 37.
Who regards mass media as Hyper Reality?
Answer:
Jean Budrillard.

Question 38.
Is market a social Institution?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 39.
Who. Introduced Invisible hand in the market?
Answer:
Adamsmith.

Question 40.
Give an example to a weekly market.
Answer:
Dorai weekly market.

Question 41.
Give an example to a caste based business community.
Answer:
Nagarthakars.

Question 42.
In which state pushkar annual fair Take place.
Answer:
Rajasthan.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 43.
Which is an another name for virtual market.
Answer:
Online Market.

Question 44.
Who introduced teleshopping?
Answer:
Micheal Aldrich.

Question 45.
Name any two print media.
Answer:
News Papers and Magazines.

Question 46.
Name any two electronic media.
Answer:
Radio and Television.

Question 47.
Which is the first news paper of India.
Answer:
SambadKavmvdi.

Question 48.
What is sensational Journalism?
Answer:
Importance given to crime, Sports and sex is called sensational journalism.

Question 49.
Who regards television presents serious issue into an entertainment?
Answer:
Horkheimer and Adorno.

Question 50.
Mention the caste based business community of Tamilnadu.
Answer:
Nagarthakas

2nd PUC Sociology Market and Communication Systems Two Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
What do you mean by Market?
Answer:
A market is one of the many varieties of systems, institutions, procedures, social relations and infrastructures whereby parties engage in exchange of goods and services.

Question 2.
Mention any two features of Market.
Answer:

  1. Market is a place where things are bought and sold
  2. Market is not just a physical place, but the gathering of people – buyers and sellers.

Question 3.
What is Virtual Market?
Answer:
The new form of marketing and transactions are of taking place through online with the help of Information and Communication Technology. E-commerce, online purchase, online trading of stocks and shares are the latest in the market activities. Such transactions and activities are called as virtual activity of market.

Question 4.
Name any two online shopping sites.
Answer:
Fliplcart. com e Bay. In

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
What is Social Networking Site?
Answer:
Social Network Sites are defined as online platforms that focus on building and reflecting social networks or social relations among people who share interests and activities.

Question 6.
What is Mcdonaldization?
Answer:
McDonaldization is the process by which the principles of the fast-food restaurants are coming to dominate more and more sectors of American society as well as the rest of the world.

Question 7.
Mention guiding principles used by George Ritzer for Mcdonaldization.
Answer:
Guiding principles for McDonald’s restaurants

  • Efficiency
  • Calculatebility
  • Predictability
  • Control through automation
  • Standardized and uniform services.

Question 8.
What is internet?
Answer:
Internet is a global system of interconnected computer networks consisting of millions of private, public, academic, business networks, which are linked with the networking technology. In simple words Internet is a network of networks.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 9.
What is Mass Media?
Answer:
Mass Media is a means of communication that reach large number of people in a short time. The mass media include a wide variety of forms, including Newspapers, Magazines, Radio, Television and Social Networking Sites.

Question 10.
Mention any two Traditional Business community in India.
Answer:
Vaisyas and Marwaris.

Question 11.
Mention the leading Marwari Business and Industrial families or Groups.
Answer:
Ambanis and Lakshmimittals.

Question 12.
Mention any two functions of mass media.
Answer:
Information and Entertainment.

Question 13.
State the type of mass media.
Answer:
Print media and electronic media.

Question 14.
Mention the epics which popularizes the Dooradarshan.
Answer:
Ramayana and Mahabharata.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 15.
State any two Kannada News Channels.
Answer:
TV.9 and Suvarana News 24 x 7.

Question 16.
Define TRP.
Answer:
Television Rating Point (TRP) is a tool provided to judge which programmes are viewed the most. This gives us an index of the choice of the people and also the popularity of a particular channel. For this purpose, a device is attached to the TV set of thousand viewers’ houses for judging purpose. The device is called as People’s Meter. It records the time and the programme that a viewer watches on a particular day.

Question 17.
Mention any two social networking sites.
Answer:
Twitter and Face book.

Question 18.
On which Theme Murdoch developed journalism.
Answer:
Sex, Crime and Sports.

Question 19.
Mention any two leading Kannada Newspapers.
Answer:
Vijayakarnataka and KannadaPraba.

Question 20.
Mention any two leading English Newspapers.
Answer:
The Hindu, The Times of India.

Question 21.
Mention any two leading English News Channels.
Answer:
CNNIBN, NDTV 24 x 7.

Question 22.
What do you mean by weekly market?
Answer:
In most agrarian societies, periodic markets are a central feature of social and economic organisation. Weekly markets bring together people from surrounding villages, who come to sell their agricultural or other produce and to buy manufactured goods and other items that are not available in their villages.

Weekly market is a common sight in rural and even urban India. In hilly and forested areas (especially those inhabited by Tribals, where settlements are far-flung, roads and communications are poor, and the economy relatively undeveloped, the weekly market is the major institution for the exchange of goods as well as for social intercourse.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 23.
Write any two uses of Technology in Newspaper production.
Answer:

  1. Newspaper production has become automatic, from reporters dess to final page proof.
  2. the use of paper has been completely eliminated with this automated chain.

2nd PUC Sociology Market and Communication Systems Five Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Name any five Kannada News Channels and briefly explain.
Answer:
The Karnataka state is one of the fore-front of mass media. Doordarshan is the broadcaster of the Government of India and its channel DD Chandana is dedicated for Kannada language which also provides news. Udaya news was the first private channel to broadcast news in Kannada language’.

At present there are 8 Kannada news channels viz., Tv-9, Suvarna News, Kasturi 24×7, Samaya News, Udaya News, Janashree News and Raj News, ETV News and few news channels will also come up shortly. There are more than hundred news channels in India different languages catering all types of services.

They are cost effective and most accessible of electronic media. These channels play active roles in socializing everyday life by stimulating interests in their characters, life styles, relationship, wealth, clothing and personal likes and dislikes.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 2.
Describe weekly market as a social institution.
Answer:
In most agrarian societies , periodic markets are a central feature of social and economic organisation. Weekly markets bring together people from surrounding villages, who come to sell their agricultural or other produce and to buy manufactured goods and other items that are not available in their villages. They attract traders, as well as moneylenders, entertainers, astrologers, and a host of other specialists offering their services.

Weekly market is a common sight in rural and even urban India. In hilly and forested areas (especially those inhabited by Tribals, where settlements are far-flung, roads and communications are poor, and the economy relatively undeveloped, the weekly market is the major institution for the exchange of goods as well as for social intercourse.

Local people come to the market to sell their agricultural or forest produce to traders, who carry it to the towns for resale, and they buy essentials such as salt and agricultural implements, bangles and jewellery etc. But for many visitors, the primary reason to come to the market is social – to meet kin, to arrange marriages, exchange gossip, and so on.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Write a note on Bastar Tribal Market.
Answer:
The weekly market as a social institution, the links between the local Tribal economy and the outside, and the exploitative economic relationships between adivasis and others, are illustrated by a study of a weekly market in Bastar district. This district is populated by Gonds, an adivasi group. At the weekly market, you find local people, including tribals and non-tribals, as well as outsiders – mainly traders of various castes. Forest officials also come to the market to conduct business with adivasis who work for the Forest Department, and the market attracts a Variety of specialists selling their goods and services. The major goods that are exchanged in the market are

  1. Manufactured goods (such as jewellery and trinkets, pots and knives)
  2. Non-local foods (such as salt and Haldi (turmeric))
  3. Local food and agricultural produce and manufactured items (such as Bamboo baskets)
  4. Forest produce such as tamarind, oil-seeds and etc. The forest produce that is brought by the adivasis is purchased by traders who carry it to towns. 79. Describe the emergence of new market during the colonial period.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Describe the emergence of new market during the colonial period.
Answer:
The advent of colonialism in India produced major upheavals in the economy, causing disruptions in production, trade and agriculture. A well-known example is the demise of the handloom industry due to the flooding of the market with cheap manufactured textiles from England. In the colonial era India began to be more fully linked to the world capitalist economy. Before being colonised by the British, India was a major supplier of manufactured goods to the world market. After colonisation, India became a source of raw materials and agricultural products and a consumer of manufactured goods, both largely for the benefit of industrialising England.

At the same time, new groups (especially the Europeans) entered into trade and business, sometimes in alliance with existing merchant communities and in some cases by forcing them out. But rather than completely overturning existing economic institutions, the expansion of the market economy in India provided new opportunities to some merchant communities, which were able to improve their position by re-orienting themselves to changing economic circumstances. In some cases, new communities emerged to take advantage of the economic opportunities provided by colonialism and continued to hold economic power even after Independence.

A good example of this process is provided by the Marwaris, probably the most widespread and best-known business community in India. Represented by leading industrial families such as the Birlas, Ambanis, Lakshmimittal and etc. The Marwaris became a successful business community only during the colonial period, when they took advantage of new opportunities in colonial cities such as Calcutta, Bombay and settled throughout the country to carry out trade and money lending.

Like the Nakarattars, the success of the Marwaris rested on their extensive social networks, which created the relations of trust necessary to operate their banking system. Many Marwari families accumulated enough wealth to become moneylenders, and by acting as bankers also helped the commercial expansion of the British in India.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 5.
Write a note on Pushkar annual fair.
Answer:
The Pushkar Fair is the annual camel and livestock fair, held in the town of Pushkar in the state of Rajasthan. It is one of the world’s largest camel fairs, and apart from buying and selling of livestock it has become an important tourist attraction. Thousands of people go to the banks of the Pushkar Lake where the fair takes place. Men buy and sell their livestock, which includes camels, cows, sheep and goats. The women go to the stalls, full of bracelets, clothes, textiles and fabrics.

A camel race starts off the festival, with music, songs and exhibitions to follow. It is celebrated for five days from the Kartik ekadashi to Kartik Poomima, the full moon day of Kartik in Hindu calendar. The full moon day is the main day and the day, according to legend, when the Hindu god Brahma sprung up the Pushkar Lake, thus numerous people swim in its sacred waters.

There are many such fairs having socio, economic and Religions importance taken place in Karnataka also. For example fair at Yamanur in Dharwad Dt, Bavashankari in Bagalkote and Tippe Swamy fair in Dhavapagere (dt), Ground Nut fair in Bangalore, Cauvery Theerthodbhava at Bhagamandala, Antaragange fair in Kolar etc.

Question 6.
Write a note on Social Networking Sites?
Answer:
Social Network Sites are defined as online platforms that focus on building and reflecting social networks or social relations among people who share interests and activities. Further, Social Networking Sites are a type of virtual community that has grown tremendously in popularity. Through social networking people can use network of online friends and group memberships to keep in touch with current friends, reconnect with old friends or create real- life friendships through similar interest or groups.

Besides, establishing social relationships, social networking members can share interest and their ideas with other like-minded members by joining groups or forums. They can also participate in discussions. Members will be updated instantly about their friends and groups. In short, a SNS is a hub for communication, entertainment and information. The Social Networking Sites include; Facebook, Orkut, Google plus, Myspace, Twitter, Friendster, Bharathstudent and etc.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 7.
Explain in brief any five contemporary Indian news papers in English.
Answer:
While English newspapers, often called ‘National Dailies’ i.e. The Times of India, The Hindu, The Indian Express, The Economic Times, Hindustan Times, Deccan Herald and etc, circulate across nation, vernacular newspapers have vastly increased their circulation in the states and the rural hinterland. In order to compete with the electronic media, newspapers on the one hand reduced prices and on the other hand brought out editions from multiple centres. Increasing dependence on the sponsors of advertisements and many feared that the rise in electronic media would lead to a decline in the circulation of print media. This has not happened. Indeed it has expanded.

Question 8.
Write a note on Radio.
Answer:
Radio broadcasting which commenced in India through amateur ‘HAM’ Broadcasting Clubs in Kolkata and Chennai in the 1920s, matured into a public broadcasting system in the 1940s during the World War II when it became a major instrument of propaganda for Allied forces in South-east Asia. At the time of independence there were only 6 radio stations located in the major cities catering primarily to an urban audience. Since the media was seen as an active partner in the development of the newly free nation the AIR’s programmes consisted mainly of news, current affairs, and discussions on development.

Apart from All India Radio (AIR) there is Vividh Bharati, a channel for entertainment that was primarily broadcasting film songs on listeners’ request. Vividh Bharati, which soon began to carry sponsored programmes and advertisements and grew to become a money-spinning channel for AIR. Aakashavani (Kannada version of AIR) headquarter at Bangalore and there are regional centers at Mysore, Bhadravathi, Dharwad, Mangalore and Gulbarga, broadcasting news, entertainment, sponsored programmes and commercial programmes etc.

After independence the government gave priority to the expansion of the radio broadcasting infrastructure, especially in state capitals and in border areas. Over the years, AIR has developed a formidable infrastructure for radio broadcasting in India. It operates a three-tiered – national, regional, and local – service to cater to India’s geographic, linguistic and cultural diversity. Nowadays radio broadcasts in 24 languages and 146 dialects.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 9.
Explain any five leading Kannada newspapers.
Answer:
The era of Kannada newspapers in Karnataka started in 1843 when Hermann Mogling, a missionary from German Basel Mission published the first Kannada newspaper called Mangalooru Samachara from Mangalore. Later it was renamed as Kannada Samachar. M. Venkatakrishnaiah (1844 – 1933) considered as the father of Kannada Journalism brought out his weekly “Vrittanta chintamani” in 1885 in Mysore.

He laid this foundation for modern Kannada Journalism. Afterwards in different parts of the state few newspapers cum magazines used to publish viz., Sabuddhi Prakasha Vara Patrike (1849), Arunodaya (1862), Mysore Herald (1886), Wealth of Mysore (1912), Bharathi (1907, D V Gund appa), Chitra gupta(1928, KN Veerannagowda, Mandya, Prajamatha (1931, B N Gupta).

There are many Kannada language newspapers that have served the media industry significantly and also have earned significant recognition. Some of the leading Kannada language newpapers include; Prajavani, Kannada Prabha, Samyukta Karnataka, Vijaya Karnataka, Hosa Digantha, Sanjevani, Udayavani, Andolana, ESange, etc. The Kannada language newspapers are playing important role in disseminating valuable information about the latest happenings in and around the world.

Question 10.
Define market. Explain the characteristics of market.
Answer:
A market is one of the social institutions, whereby parties’engage in exchange of goods and services. Markets rely on sellers offering their goods or services in exchange for money from buyers. It can be said that a market is the process by which the prices of goods and services are established.
In the field of Sociology the concept of a market is a structure that allows buyers and sellers to exchange any type of goods, services and information. The exchange of goods or services for money is a Transaction.

The features of Market are as follow;

(1) Market is a place where things are bought and sold: In common usage, the word ‘market’ may refer to particular markets that we may know of, such as the market next to the railway station, the fruit market, or the wholesale market.

(2) Market is not just a physical place, but the gathering of people – buyers and sellers: Thus, for example, a weekly market may be found in different places on different days of the week in neighbouring villages or urban neighbourhoods.

(3) Market is a type of trade or business: Market refers to an area or category of trade or business, such as the market for cars or the market for readymade clothes.

(4) Market includes the entire spectrum of economic activities and institutions: In this very broad sense, then, ‘the market’ is almost equivalent to ‘the economy’. We are used to thinking of the market as an economic institution, but this chapter will show you that the market is also a social institution. In its own way, the market is comparable to more obviously social institutions like caste, religion or family.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 11.
Explain the sociological perspectives on market and economy.
Answer:
The discipline of economics is aimed at understanding and explaining how markets work in modem capitalist economies – for instance, how prices are determined, the probable impact of specific kinds of investment, or the factors that influence people to save or spend. Adam Smith argued that the capitalist economy is driven by individual self-interest, and works best when individual buyers and sellers make rational decisions that serve their own interests.

Smith used the idea of the ‘invisible hand’ to argue that society overall benefits when individuals pursue their own self-interest in the market, because it stimulates the economy and creates more Gunnar Myrdal, a Sweedish Nobel Laureate, Economist and Sociologist in his work Asian Drama is pertaining to the interdependence of economic, social and institutional phenomena. Gunnar Myrdal analysed economic issues from social perspective and he says social issues determine economic development.

In contrast to this approach, sociologists have attempted to develop an alternative way of studying economic institutions and processes within the larger social framework. Sociologists view markets as social institutions that are constructed in culturally specific ways. For example, markets are often controlled or organised by particular social groups or classes, and have specific connections to other institutions, social processes and structures. Sociologists often express this idea by saying that economies are socially ‘embedded’. This is illustrated by two examples, one of a weekly markets and the other of a ‘Traditional business community’ and its trading networks in India.

Question 12.
Explain the structure of Dhorai Tribal Market.
Answer:
According to Alfred Gell (1982), the anthropologist who studied Dhorai, the market has significance much beyond its economic functions. For example, the layout of the market symbolises the hierarchical inter-group social relations in this region. Different social groups are located according to their position in the caste and social hierarchy as well as in the market system.

(i) The wealthy and high-ranking Rajput jeweller and the middle-ranking local traders sit in the central ‘zones’.

(ii) The tribal sellers of vegetables and local wares in the outer circles.

(iii) The quality of social relations is expressed in the kinds of goods that are bought and sold, and the way in which transactions are carried out. For instance, interactions between tribals and non-tribal traders are very different than those between Hindus of the same community: they express hierarchy and social distance rather than social equality.

An Adivasi Village Market in Dhorai is the name of a market village located deep in the hinterland of North Bastar district, Chattisgarh. On non-market days Dhorai is a sleepy, Dhorai on non-market days – every day except Friday, that is hardly exists but Dhorai on a market day might be a totally different place. The Forest officials disburse payments to the Tribal labourers. They are joined by vegetable sellers, and by specialised craftsmen, potters, weavers and blacksmiths.

Question 13.
Analyse the caste based Trade among the Nakarattars of Tamil Nadu.
Answer:
Caste-based trade among the Nakarattars of Tamil Nadu banking system resembled an Economist’s model of Western-style banking systems. the Nakarattars loaned and deposited money with one another in caste-defined social relationships based on business, residential location, descent, marriage, and common cult membership. The Nakarattar banking system was a caste-based banking system. Individual Nakarattars organised their lives around participation in and management of various communal institutions adapted to the task of accumulating and distributing reserves of capital.

The Nattukottai Chettiars (Nakarattars) of Tamil Nadu, provide an interesting illustration of how these indigenous trading networks were organised and worked. A study of this community during the colonial period shows how its banking and trade activities were deeply embedded in the social organisation of the community. The structures of caste, kinship, and family were oriented towards commercial activity, and business activity was carried out within these social structures.

As in most ‘traditional’ merchant communities, Nakarattar banks were basically joint family firms, so that the structure of the business firm was the same as that of the family. Similarly, trading and banking activities were organised through caste and kinship relationships. For instance, their extensive caste-based social networks allowed Chettiar merchants to expand their activities into Southeast Asia and Ceylon.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 14.
Analyse the emergence of Marwari’s Business committee.
Answer:
A good example of this process is provided by the Marwaris, probably the most widespread and best-known business community in India. Represented by leading industrial families such as the Birlas, Ambanis, Lakshmimittal and etc. The Marwaris became a successful business community only during the colonial period, when they took advantage of new opportunities in colonial cities such as Calcutta, Bombay and settled throughout the country to carry out trade and money lending.

Like the Nakarattars, the success of the Marwaris rested on their extensive social networks, which created the relations of trust necessary to operate their banking system. Many Marwari families accumulated enough wealth to become moneylenders, and by acting as bankers also helped the commercial expansion of the British in India.

Post Independence period some Marwari families transformed themselves into modern industrialists, and even today Marwaris control more of India’s Economy than any other community. This story of the emergence of a new business community under colonialism, and its transformation from small migrant traders to merchant bankers to industrialists, illustrates the importance of the social context to economic processes.

Question 15.
List out the early Newspapers in India.
Answer:
The first modem mass media began with the development of the printing press. Although the history of print in certain societies dates back to many centuries, the first-attempts at printing books using modem technologies began in Europe. This technique was first developed by Johann Gutenberg in 1440. Initial attempts at printing were restricted to religious books. With the Industrial Revolution, the print industry also grew.

The first products of the press were restricted to an audience of literate elites. Paul Julius Reuter initiated a prototype news service in Paris in 1849, using carrier pigeons as well as the electric telegraph in his network. By 1923, the company he founded, Reuters, was transmitting news by Radio Early Newspapers in India.

  • Raja Rammohun Roy, his Sambad-Kaumudi in Bengali published in 1821, and Mirat-Ul- Akbar in Persian published in 1822, were the first publications in India with a distinct nationalist and democratic approach.
  • Fardoonji Murzban was the pioneer of the Gujarati Press in Bombay. It was as early as 1822 that he started the Bombay Samachar as a daily.
  • Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar started the Shome Prakash in Bengali in 1858.
  • The Times of India was founded in Bombay in 1861.
  • The Pioneer in Allahabad in 1865.
  • The Madras Mail in 1868.
  • The Statesman in Calcutta in 1875.
  • The Civil and Military Gazette in Lahore in 1876.
  • The Hindu in 1878.
  • The Indian Express
  • The Hindustan Times
  • Deccan Herald, etc.

Kannada Newspapers: The era of Kannada newspapers in Karnataka started in 1843 when Hermann Mogling, a missionary from German Basel Mission published the first Kannada newspaper called Mangalooru Samachara from Mangalore. Later it was renamed as Kannada Samachar. M. Venkatakrishnaiah (1844 -1933) considered as the father of Kannada Journalism brought out his weekly “Vrittanta chintamani” in 1885 in Mysore.

He laid this foundation for modem Kannada Journalism. Afterwards in different parts of the state few newspapers cum magazines used to publish viz., Sabuddhi Prakasha Vara Patrike (1849), Arunodaya (1862), Mysore Herald (1886), Wealth of Mysore (1912), Bharathi (1907, D V Gund appa), Chitra gupta (1928, K N Veerannagowda, Mandya, Prajamatha (1931, B N Gupta).

KSEEB Solutions

Question 16.
Explain the Role of Technology in Newspaper productions.
Answer:
From the late 1980s and early 1990s, newspapers have become fully automatic-from reporter’s desk to final page proof. The use of paper has been completely eliminated with this automated chain. This has become possible because of two technological changes – networking of personal computers (PCs) through LANs (local area networks) and use of news making software like Newsmaker and other customised software. Changing technology has also changed the role and function of a reporter. The basic tools of a news reporter – a shorthand notebook, pen, typewriter, and telephone has been replaced by new tools – a mini tape recorder, a laptop or a personal computer (PC), mobile or satellite phone, and other accessories like modem.

All these technological changes in news gathering have increased the speed of news and helped newspaper managements to push their deadlines to dawn. They are also able to plan a greater number of editions and provide the latest news to the readers. A number of newspapers are using the new technologies to bring out separate editions for each of the districts. While print centres are limited, the number of editions has grown manifold.

Newspaper chains like Vijaya Kamatak are using new technology for news gathering as well as for improving pictorial coverage. The newspaper has a network of nearly a hundred reporters and staffers and an equal number of photographers, feeding news. All the hundred correspondents are equipped with PCs and modems for news transmission, and the photographers carry digital cameras with them. Digital images are sent to the central news desk via modems.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 17.
Write a note on report Murdoch.
Answer:
Rupert Murdoch is an Australian-born entrepreneur who is the head of one of the world’s largest media empires News Corporations. Murdoch established News Corporation in Australia before moving into the British and American markets in the 1960s. His initial purchases of the News of the World and the Sun in Britain in 1969 and the New York Post in the mid-1970s paved the way for a dramatic expansion in later acquisitions. In the USA alone, News Corporation’s holdings new include more than 130 newspapers.

Murdoch turned many of these newspapers towards sensationalistic journalism, building on the three themes of sex, crime and sport. The Sun, for example, became highly successful, with the highest circulation of any daily English-language newspaper in the world, standing at around 3.4 million copies daily in mid-2004.

Competition for broadcasting rights is intense between News Corporation and other media empires as the global demand for sports and other kinds of events. He is weighty enough to influence governments, but it is in the nature of the telecommunications business that it is everywhere and nowhere. Murdoch’s power base is very large, but also elusive.

To create sensation among the readers his company tapped the phone calls of the top Officials, Royal family members, Politicians and filmstars. He was accused of taping the British Royal family. British Parliament warned him for his illegal tapings.

Question 18.
Analyse the recent Trends in print media.
Answer:
As is evident, the reasons for this amazing growth in the circulation of Indian language newspapers are many.

1. There is a rise in the number of literate people who are migrating to cities. The Hindi daily Hindustan in 2003 printed 64,000 copies of their Delhi edition, which jumped to 425,000 by 2005. The reason was that, of Delhi’s population of one more and forty-seven lakhs, 52 percent had come from the Hindi belt. Out of this, 47 percent have come from a rural background and 60 percent of them are less than 40 years of age.

2. Dominant Indian language newspapers such as Malayalam Manorama and Eenadu Telugu Nam Paper launched the concept of local news in a significant manner by introducing district and block editions.

3. Dina Thanthi, another leading Tamil newspaper, has always used simplified and colloquial language. In Kannada Prajavani, Vijaya Karnataka, Kannada Prabha have adopted the same techniques.

4. The Indian language newspapers have adopted advanced printing technologies and also attempted supplements, pullouts, and literary and niche booklets.

5. Marketing strategies have also marked the Dainik Bhaskar group, Vijayakarnataka’s . growth as they carry out consumer contact programmes, door-to-door surveys, and research.

6. Cross media ownership trend becoming visible among the major players such as Eenadu group, Times group, Dainik Jagaran, and Sahara who plunged into TV news after their long innings in newspapers.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 19.
Explain the recent Trends in English Newspapers.
Answer:
While English newspapers, often called ‘National Dailies’ i.e. The Times of India, The Hindu, The Indian Express, The Economic Times, Hindustan Times, Deccan Herald and etc, circulate across nation, vernacular newspapers have vastly increased their circulation in the states and the rural hinterland. In order to compete with the electronic media, newspapers on the one hand reduced prices and on the other hand brought out editions from multiple centres. Increasing dependence on the sponsors of advertisements and many feared that the rise in electronic media would lead to a decline in the circulation of print media. This has not happened. Indeed it has expanded.

Question 20.
Discuss the trends of Television Channels.
Answer:
In 1991 there was one state controlled TV channel in India. “Doordarshan”. By 1998 there . were 70 channels. Privately run satellite channels have multiplied rapidly since the mid-1990s. The staggering growth of private satellite television has been one of the defining developments of contemporary India.

The Gulf War of 1991 (which popularised CNN), and the launching of Star-TV in the same year by the Whampoa Hutchinson Group of Hong Kong, signalled the arrival of private satellite Channels in India. In 1992, Zee TV, a Hindi-based satellite entertainment channel, also began beaming programs to cable television viewers in India.

By 2000, many private cable and satellite channels were available including several that focused exclusively on regional-language broadcasting like Sun-TV, Eenadu-TV, Udaya-TV, Raj-TV, and Asianet. Zee TV has also launched several regional networks, other languages. Indian based English news channels like NDTV 24X7, CNN IBN, Times Now, Headlines Today are also popular among English speaking people.

The coming in of transnational television companies like Star TV, MTV, Channel [V], Sony and others, worried some people on the likely impact on Indian youth and on the Indian cultural identity. But most of the transnational Television channels have through research realised that the use of the familiar is more effective in procuring the diverse groups that constitute Indian audience.

So these channels are also given importance to family oriented entertainment. Entertainment television has produced a new cadre of superstars who have become familiar household names. Reality shows like Kaun Banega Crorepati or Indian Idol or Big Boss have become increasingly popular. Most of these are modelled along the lines of western programmes.

Question 21.
Discuss the events which popularise dooradarshan in gaining highest TRP.
Answer:
The advent of colour broadcasting during the 1982 Asian Games in Delhi and the rapid expansion of the national network led to rapid commercialisation of Television broadcasting. During 1984-85 the number of television transmitters increased all over India covering a large proportion of the population. It was also the time when indigenous soap operas like Hum Log and Buniyaad were aired.

They were hugely popular acclaim and attracted substantial advertising revenue for Doordarshan as did the broadcasting of the epics Ramayana and Mahabharat, Vishnupurana, the sword of Tippusultan, the maratha, Jai Hanuman, Shaktiman, OmNamahshivay. These did help the Dooradarshan to gain Television Rating points (TRPs).

KSEEB Solutions

2nd PUC Sociology Market and Communication Systems Ten Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Explain the functions of Mass Media.
Answer:
(1) Information: The media provides a continuous flow of information about the world, from T.V., Newspapers and radio reports the political, sports, entertainment and weather reports, the stock market and news stories and issues that affect us personally.

(2) Correlation: The media explains and helps us to understand the meaning of the information. It provides support for established social norms and has an important role in the socialization of children.

(3) Continuity: The media has a function in expressing the culture, recognizing new social developments and forging common values.

(4) Entertainment: The media provides amusement, diversion and reduces social tension.

(5) Mobilization: To encourage economic development, work, religion or support in times of war, the media can campaign to mobilize society to meet these objectives.

(6) Social Reformation: The beginnings of the print media and its role in both the spread of the social reform movement and the nationalist movement have been noted. After independence, the print media continued to share the general approach of being a partner in the task of nation building by taking up developmental issues as well as giving voice to the widest section of people.

The gravest challenge that the media faced was with the declaration of Emergency in 1975 and censorship of the media. Fortunately, the period ended and democracy was restored in 1977. India with its many problems can be justifiably proud of a free media.

(7) National Consciousness: It was only in the mid 19th century, with further development in technologies, transportation and literacy that newspapers began to reach out to a mass audience. People living in different comers of the country found themselves reading or hearing the same news. It has been suggested that this was in many ways responsible for people across a country to feel connected and develop a sense of belonging or ‘we feeling’.

Question 2.
Describe virtual markets in detail.
Answer:
The new form of marketing transactions are of taking place through online with the help of Information and Communication Technology. Such transactions and activities are called as virtual market. E-commerce, online purchase, online trading of stocks and shares are the latest in the market activities. Virtual marketing is a form of electronic or e-commerce which allows consumers or buyers to directly purchase goods or services from a seller over the internet using a web browser. Virtual market can be called as e-shop, internet shop, online store and virtual store.

The 21st century in India has witnessed for enormous increase in the number of virtual or online markets. The trend is common in western countries. But, in India with the advancement of Information Technology (IT) the growth of virtual marketing has immensely raised. In the global level the emergence of online or virtual market is relatively a new phenomenon and it has only a few decades of history. It is quite interesting to examine the events took place before 1990’s for the development of virtual market.

Even though the research for developing virtual market started early 1960, virtual market came to reality only after 1990’s. The concept of “Teleshopping” was first introduced by Michael Aldrich in 1979 and in the same year Videotex was being researched. In France, Mintel succeeded on the research of Videotex which allowed online purchases, check share market, etc in 1982. The actual growth of online or virtual market started in 1990, when the first World Wide Web (WWW) server and browser, created by Tim Berners-Lee in 1990, opened for commercial use in 1991.

Thereafter, with the advancement in I T, in 1994 an online pizza shop has been opened by Pizza Hut. Later, Intershop’s first online shopping system and Netscapes’ SSL systems have been developed with the advent of these above, in 1995 Amazon.com has launched its virtual marketing sites and later in the same year eBay also opened up its online shopping websites, which is the first online action website. With the emergence of big shopping companies like Futurebazaar, Shoppers stop, Reliance retail, Spencer Mart etc., the outlook of online shopping has completely changed for the best.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 3.
Explain the social organization of traditional business communities.
Answer:
As you have already learned, there is a close connection between the caste system and the economy, in terms of landholding, occupational differentiation, and so on. This is also true in the case of trade and markets.

(1) Varnashram System: In fact, ‘ Vaisyas’ constitute one of the four varnas – an indication of the importance of the merchant and of trade or business in Indian society since ancient times.

(2) Banias in North India: Although there are ‘Vaisya’ communities such as Banias in North India, whose traditional occupation has been trade or commerce for a long time, there are some caste groups that have entered into trade. Such groups tend to acquire or claim ‘Vaisya’ status in the process of upward mobility.

(3) Emergence of Traditional Business Communities: The ‘traditional business communities’ in India include not only ‘Vaisyas’, but also other groups with distinctive religious or other community identities, such as the Parsis, Sindhis, Bohras, or Jains. Marwaris during the colonial period. The long-distance trade in salt was controlled by a marginalised ‘tribal’ group, the Banjaras.

(4) Operations of Market: To understand the operation of markets in India, both in earlier periods and at present, we can examine how specific arenas of business are controlled by particular communities. One of the reasons for this caste-based specialisation is that trade and commerce often operate through caste and kinship networks, as we have seen in the case of the Nakarattars.

Because businessmen are more likely to trust others of their own community or kin group, they tend to do business within such networks rather than with outsiders – and this tends to create a caste monopoly within certain areas of business.

(5) Emergence of New Markets: Colonial Period: The advent of colonialism in India produced major upheavals in the economy, causing disruptions in production, trade and agriculture. A well-known example is the demise of the handloom industry due to the flooding of the market with cheap manufactured textiles from England. In the colonial era India began to be more fully linked to the world capitalist economy. Before being colonised by the British, India was a major supplier of manufactured goods to the world market.

After colonisation, India became a source of raw materials and agricultural products and a consumer of manufactured goods, both largely for the benefit of industrialising England. At the same time, new groups (especially the Europeans) entered into trade and business, sometimes in alliance with existing merchant communities and in some cases by forcing them out.

But rather than completely overturning existing economic institutions, the expansion of the market economy in India provided new opportunities to some merchant communities, which were able to improve their position by re-orienting themselves to changing economic circumstances. In some cases, new communities emerged to take advantage of the economic opportunities provided by colonialism and continued to hold economic power even after Independence.

(6) Emergence of Marwaris: A good example of this process is provided by the Marwaris, probably the most widespread and best-known business community in India. Represented by leading industrial families such as the Birlas, Ambanis, Lakshmimittal and etc. The Marwaris became a successful business community only during the colonial period, when they took advantage of new opportunities in colonial cities such as Calcutta, Bombay and settled throughout the country to carry out trade and money lending.

Like the Nakarattars, the success of the Marwaris rested on their extensive social networks, which created the relations of trust necessary to operate their banking system. Many Marwari families accumulated enough wealth to become moneylenders, and by acting as bankers also helped the commercial expansion of the British in India.

Post Independence period some Marwari families transformed themselves into modern industrialists, and even today Marwaris control more of India’s economy than any other community. This story of the emergence of a new business community under colonialism, and its transformation from small migrant traders to merchant bankers to industrialists, illustrates the importance of the social context to economic processes.

KSEEB Solutions

Question 4.
Analyze the role of media in the contemporary world.
Answer:
In the 21st century, communication technology is such that information can be shared instantaneously by millions of people simultaneously, almost anywhere around the world. Communication – the transfer of information from one individual or group to another, whether in speech or through the mass media of modem times – is crucial to any society. According to Marshall Mcluhan, society is influenced much more by the type of the media than by the content, or the messages, which the media convey.

The electronic media, according to Marshal McLuhan, are creating a Global village — people throughout the world see major events unfold and hence participate in them together. It is the Internet, at the heart of this communications revolution. With the expansion of technologies such as voice recognition, broadband transmission, web casting and cable links, the Internet became the conduit for the delivery of information, entertainment, advertising and commerce to media audiences.

Neil Postman in his book, Amusing Our-selves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business, says television presents serious issues as entertainment because the form excludes the content. As Postman states, the medium of print creates a rational population, whereas the medium of television creates an entertained one.

Robert Putnam is referring Media as a social capital to useful social networks, a sense of mutual obligation and trust-worthiness, an understanding of the norms that govern effective behaviour and, in general, other social resources that enable people to act effectively. Putnam in his book Bowling Alone finds significant decline . in social capital over the last few decades. TV viewing is strongly and negatively related to social trust and group membership.

Horkheimer and Adorno made an extensive study of what they called the ‘culture industry’, meaning the entertainment industries of film, TV, popular music, radio, newspapers and magazines. They argued that the production of culture had become just as standardized and dominated by the desire for profit as other industries.

Art disappears, swamped by commercialization and culture is replaced by entertainment. Jurgen Habermas has analysed the media as decay – of the ‘public sphere’. The public sphere is an arena of public debate in which issues of general concern can be discussed and opinions

formed. According to Habermas, the -public sphere developed first in the salons and coffee houses of London, Paris and other European cities. Habermas argues that the salons were vital to the early development of democracy, for they introduced the idea of resolving political problems through public discussion. The public sphere – at least in principle – involves individuals coming together as equals in a forum for public debate.

The spread of mass media and mass entertainment causes the public sphere to become largely a sham. ‘Public opinion’ is not formed through open, rational discussion, but ‘through manipulation and control – as, for example, in advertising.

Jean Baudrillard regards impact of modern mass media as Hyper Reality The coming of the mass media, particularly electronic media such as Television, has transformed the very nature of our lives. TV does not just ‘represent’ the world to us; it increasingly defines, what the world in which we live actually is,; Consider as an example the trial of O. J. Simpson, a celebrated court case that unfolded in Los Angeles in 1994-5.

KSEEB Solutions